• Look into the future | Visualise what you can see in your minds eye
    Early leadership development header image

  • Board the flight with us | We can take you to your visualised destiny
    Leadership improvement club header image


now browsing by author

Posted by: | Posted on: November 12, 2018

Positive interpersonal programming

Parent advice newsletter header image

 Positive interpersonal programming (PIP)

Evaluate yourself for self-improvement of your own marriage and family relationships.

PIP helps you look at yourself, your marriage and family relationships. It is not a test. Rather, PIP enables you to see your stronger and less strong areas, those things that you do better and those things that you do less well, those things within which you should find pride and satisfaction and those things deserving a little more time and attention from you. Each section focuses on an important area of marriage and family life. Within each section are several statements about the most important interpersonal elements for that area. Going through all of the sections and statements will help you look at your strengths area by area and specifically at your strengths and less strong points within each area.

Score yourself on each statement (numbered A, B, C etc.), with one of the following numbers:
5 = almost always true
4 = usually true
3 = sometimes true
2 = seldom true
1 = almost never true

Once you have finished a section, add together your ratings for all of the statements in that section. This will give you a combined score. Next, divide the combined score by the number of statements in the section. This will give you an average score for that section. Write in your average score for the section in the blank to the left at the beginning of the section. Once you have finished all sections, add together your average scores for each section and then divide by the total number of sections. This will give you a composite score indicating how well you function overall as a marriage partner and family member.

Once you are finished, you will find that you have some points that represent real strengths for you and some points that represent less strong elements. The goal is to work toward average scores of “4” or above.

How do you achieve this level? Go back to the individual statements, locating those statements where you gave yourself a “1”, “2” or “3”, on which you need to work and improve. It is important to use two approaches. First, be sure that you spend most of your time and energy doing those things that you do well: “5” Do what you do well and do it as much as possible. Next, begin to give some time, thought, and energy to increasing how often you show the behaviour, attitude, characteristics, and so on shown in those statements where you gave yourself lower ratings. Emphasize your strong points and gradually strengthen your less strong areas.

Below, remember to limit your responses to your relationship with others at home.

Section I. Being a friend

1. Self-management at home

A. I am decisive and able to make up my mind.
B. I am able to set priorities and to decide what is and is not important.
C. I am consistent and predictable.
D. I snap back quickly from losses, disappointments, and those times when thing do not work out the way I want them to work out.
E. I have good personal habits.
F. I am assertive and up front about what I think and feel.

2. Positive Self-projection

A. I am a happy person.
B. I have a good sense of humour.
C. I am fun to be around.
D. I enjoy people.

3. Showing respect

A. I am gentle and tender with others.
B. I am relaxed.
C. I am considerate of the feelings of others.
D. I listen patiently and carefully.
E. I am accepting and understanding with others.

4. Showing trust

A. I give others the benefit of the doubt.
B. I do not question the actions or motives of others.
C. I am willing to take the first step to improve things or to make things better.
D. Others can count on me.
E. I avoid blaming or accusing others.

5. Being cooperative

A. I go at least halfway to get things done or to make things better.
B. I am willing to help others.
C. I work well with others.
D. I am clear with others about what I want or expect.

6. Caring

A. I am proud of others.
B. I am actively involved with others.
C. I am positive and supportive with others.

7. Managing conflict

A. I keep arguments and hassles short, to the point, and under control.
B. I hang in there when there is conflict or tension.
C. I use hassles and arguments to clear the air and to make things better.
D. I am tolerant with others.

8. Sharing

A. I talk with others.
B. I see others as important and valued.
C. I spend time playing with others.
D. I am not competitive with others.
E. I invest myself in others.
F. I am open with others.

9. Being loyal

A. I stick up for others when someone is complaining about him/her or putting him/her down.
B. I place high value on my relationships with others.
C. I deal with the ups and downs in our relationships.
D. I have faith in others.

10. Helping relationships grow

A. I am able to change my goals or priorities to improve my relationships with others.
B. I can accept and am comfortable with changes in my relationships with others over time.
C. I have about the same expectations for our relationship as others.
D. I do not try to change others.

11. Keeping morale high

A. I feel good about staying in the relationships I have.
B. I see my relationships as a welcomed opportunity and responsibility.
C. I am satisfied with my relationships.
D. I see my relationships as a fifty-fifty or give-and-take kind of thing.

The following sections are also covered inside the free e-guide.

Section II. Being a parent
12. Managing the children
13. Relating to the children
14. Modelling for the children
15. Being responsible

Section III. Blending families
16. Blending expectations
17. Blending differing life experiences
18. Working on blending

Section IV. Being a financial partner
19. Being financially responsible
20. Sharing financially

Section V. Being a sexual partner
21. Showing sexual interest
22. Relating sexually
23. Sexual respect
24. Sexual fidelity

Section VI. Other relationships
PIP Elements

Section VII. For teachers
PIP Elements

Section VIII. For managers
I. Priorities
1. Cooperation
2. Loyalty
3. Caring
4. Sharing
5. Respect
6. Trust
II. Processes
7. Direction
8. Action
9. Attitude
10. Association
11. Engagement
12. Modulation
13. Modelling

Positive interpersonal self-programming for partners, spouses, parents, children, teachers and managers; so says the psychologist. It even helps one with introspection on one’s management capabilities, with the aim of improving it.

Positive interpersonal programming e-guide-e-cover

Get the complete free e-guide when you subscribe on this page: https://global-association-for-managers.biz/parent-advice-newsletter-publication-announcement/


Your future is at stake

Posted by: | Posted on: November 4, 2018

The hobby of Koi fish farming

Koi fish species header image

The hobby of Koi fish farming

The hobby of Koi fish farming in the City.

The lucrative hobby of Koi fish farming in the City.

All about the Koi fish species E-book, with unrestricted private label resell rights.

Koi fish species e-guide e-cover

These are the Koi Pond “secrets” pet stores don’t want you to know!

Koi fish farming is one of the many most profitable hobbies in the world! It can transform the hobby into a gold coin factory for anyone!

“Who Else Wants to Quickly and Easily Have The Perfect Koi Pond That Keeps Your Fish Healthy, Happy, and Thriving For Years to Come?”

Some amazing facts about Koi Pond and Koi Fish care… and why you shouldn’t even think about setting up pond until you read every word of this letter!

A Koi pond is a marvelously satisfying hobby that will not only provide you years of enjoyment, but may also have a calming affect on you after a hectic day at work. Yes! Caring for a Koi pond and its fish is different than freshwater and even saltwater fish. But, it’s easier than you think . . . if you know what to do. Koi fish thrive when the pond conditions are “just right”…unfortunately there is a ton of *wrong* information out there on how to do this.

Did you just create a koi pond and have no idea how to care for it?

Do you already have your koi pond set up and want to ensure that you’re providing the right environment for all of its inhabitants . . . to keep them healthy, happy and thriving – for years to come?

Are you interested in learning the best, fastest and easiest way to maintain the beauty of your koi pond without spending a lot of money on supplies?

If you answered “yes” to any of the questions above, then this may very well be the most exciting message you’ve read all day. Here’s why…

You’re about to discover a proven system for optimizing the health and energy, and “personality” of all of your fish and marine life currently living in your koi pond. This system works whether your fish are currently healthy or sick, young or old.

Here’s the thing: Koi ponds are not as difficult to maintain as you think.

Believe it or not, there are several very simple steps you need to take. And if you know what theses are your koi will live a long and healthy life – and bring you years of enjoyment.

When you know how to keep your pond conditions perfect, you can sit back and relax because your all of your fish will stay alert, interactive and happy.

What most people don’t realize is that creating your pond the right way is extremely easy to do. I know, because…

I’ve been maintaining a koi pond for over 25 years!

In that time, I’ve developed a foolproof ‘formula’ for setting up beautiful Koi ponds with perfect water conditions that maximize the health, energy and awareness of your fish for years to come, and virtually eliminate any chance that your fish will ever get sick.

I’ve compiled all my knowledge into an easy to follow, downloadable guide called “All about the Koi fish species”

This system is guaranteed to teach you everything you need to know about koi pond care and help you maximize some of the most endearing traits of these unique fish which live in this environment.

I know that’s a bold promise and it might sound a little “over the top” …but it’s true, and I can back up every word.

Here Are Three Good Reasons To Believe Me When I Tell You Your Koi Pond Will Provide You with Years of Enjoyment and Entertainment

Many other Koi pond owners use this very same system you’ll be using. In the past 8 weeks alone, over 50 people have signed up to receive my exclusive Koi Pond Secrets newsletter.
I’m the only person in the training industry that’ll let you keep this entire system FREE if it doesn’t work for your Koi Pond. (Nobody else in is willing to put their “money where their mouth is” like this…)

The bottom line is this: My system is 100% guaranteed to work for you …just like it’s worked for many, many other Koi Pond owners before you.

If you’ve created a koi pond in the past unsuccessfully, then this book is for you.

If you just built your koi pond and have no idea how to care for it properly, this is for you.

If you’re thinking about building koi pond and you want to make sure you start out on the right foot, this is for you. In my course I will teach you a time-tested and perfected koi pond care formula. This formula is a simple step-by-step plan you will follow starting with setting up the perfect environment for all the fish. There’s even advice on what fish you should or shouldn’t place together in your Koi pond.

Of course, I also provide step by step “quick cure” instructions for every single aspect of koi pond maintenance. So, you’ll have complete peace of mind knowing that if your koi pond does need attention, you’ll have the knowledge to quickly and inexpensively fix the problem.

My sure-fire koi pond system has been tested, tweaked, and used by over 22 koi pond owners.

The reason why it’s so popular is simple: It Works Like Gangbusters!

There’s nothing like it available…not in bookstores, at amazon.com, or even on the Internet.

See, what most people don’t realize is that maintaining a Koi pond is extremely simple. You just need to know what to do, and how to do it!

Even if you’re a total beginner and haven’t got a clue where to start, you can be enjoying the benefits of your Koi pond within a very short time!

There are essentially 3 main things you need to know about Koi pond care:

How to build the koi pond properly.
How to maintain quality conditions in your koi pond.
How to cure your koi should they fall ill.
“All about the Koi fish species” covers all of this, and a lot more.

And when you read it, you’ll be BLOWN AWAY with how simple it really is to not only build but maintain your Koi pond.

Here’s just a taste of what you’ll discover…

  • An entire chapter devoted to the varieties of koi fish.
  • Where to buy and what to look for when buying koi fish.
  • A step-by-step easy to use guide on building your own koi pond.
  • All the essentials you’ll need to know to keep your koi pond beautiful for years to come.
  • The importance of substrate and why this is a crucial component of your Koi pond tank. I’ll tell you what type of substrate to buy and how much to use.
  • How to feed your koi fish – from the essential nutrient guide to supplements to food storage!
  • An entire chapter devoted to diseases of the koi – and how to treat them. There’s even a section on what to do should you ever need to quarantine one of your koi.
  • An entire chapter devoted to nutrition and feeding saltwater fish. Knowing how to keep your fish healthy is vital to the overall success of your aquarium and health of the other fish and animals in it.
    Everything you’ll need to know when you breed koi fish – from the mating to feeding the fry.
  • The fundamental differences between Koi and Goldfish.
  • Which fish you should never add to your Koi pond. This is an important one! Put the wrong fish together and they could eat each other alive!
  • How to calculate the number of fish you need for the size of your pond.
  • 7 vital factors to consider before building your koi pond. Ignore these and you may regret even starting this marvelous hobby.
  • 5 Essential characteristics you should look for when you buy your koi fish.
  • A must-do check list to prepare your koi pond for your fish.
  • The three most popular types of liners for your ponds. Knowing which one to install for your special needs is essential to your success.
  • A crash course on filtration needs. Without the proper system, the waste products just won’t be removed properly and could harm your fish.
  • 5 basic water quality items you need to address for the success of your koi pond.
  • 5 ways to protect your koi fish from natural predators.
  • 11 tips on keeping your koi pond water clean and your koi fish healthy.
  • An entire chapter devoted to the maintenance of the pond itself.
  • 4 dangers of not properly acclimating your koi to their new pond.
  • 6 sure-fire steps to assure your koi make the transition from store to your pond.
  • The supplies you need for your fish – even before you bring them home.
  • The 2 reasons to quarantine a sick koi and the 7 steps to doing it properly.
  • And that’s not nearly all.
  • You’ll discover much more in this rare and candid Koi pond care system.

Table of contents:

  • 5 Steps To a Perfect Koi Pond.
  • An Introduction To Koi Ponds.
  • Bagging and Transporting Koi.
  • The Basics of Keeping Koi.
  • Choosing Plants For Your Koi Water Garden.
  • Essential Koi Pond Supplies.
  • Hand Feeding Your Koi.
  • How to Keep Your Pond In Good Condition.
  • How To Prevent Heron Theft.
  • Keeping Your Koi Pond Clean.
  • KHV- Koi Herpes Virus.
  • Koi Communities Online.
  • Koi Ponds During The Spring.
  • Koi Ponds During The Summer.
  • Koi Population Control.
  • Feeding Koi Treats.
  • Koi’s Past and Future.
  • Making Koi Keeping Easy.
  • Preparing Your Koi Pond For Major Storms.
  • Preventing Overpopulation.
  • Purchasing The Koi For Your Pond.
  • The Dos and Don’ts of Koi Ponds.
  • The Four Seasons and Your Koi Pond.
  • Winterizing Your Koi Pond.
  • Your Koi Pond After The Storm.

You Can Be Absorbing This Amazing Koi pond Care System In The Next 30 Seconds!

You can order this amazing system right now and actually start discovering these Koi pond care secrets within 30 seconds… yes, that is right… WITHIN 30 SECONDS you can have a beautiful Koi pond that practically runs itself!

That’s because I’ve taken the entire system and turned it into a downloadable e-Book.

All you need to do is open the e-Book on your computer and begin reading!

But don’t worry, downloading the information in “All about the Koi fish species” is a real snap. I’m no “techno whiz” and I had no problem. (It works perfectly with both MAC or PC computers.)

Just remember now folks, this fish specie cannot be eaten, as it will simply be too expensive for human consumption! The high value of this fish is locked up in its beautiful different colours, good timid behaviour and its ability to thrive in small ponds.

Bonus #1: Aquarium and Fish Care Tactics, also with resell rights, graphics and sales page:

Aquarium care e-guide e-cover

Bonus #2: Unrestricted private label resell rights to “All about the Koi fish species e-book”, with sales page, lots of graphics and articles.

You can get the e-book and bonuses now at a discounted price of $19.97.

Pay only $19.97:


PayPal buy button

This is an ideal hobby for all ages including pensioners!

Aquarium care footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: November 4, 2018

How to become an application developer

Application developer header image

How to become an application developer

“Get All The Support And Guidance You Need To Be A Success At Dominating Applications!”

This is your lucky day! Get your hands on several products to put you on the right road to become a successful application developer!

Multiple application developer e-guides e-box

The first E-Book displayed lower down on this page, Is One Of The Most Valuable Resources In The World When It Comes To Becoming The Godfather Of Smart Phone Applications!

Keep reading to get the help you need…

Is the fact that you would like to be tops in the apps business, but just don’t know how, making your life difficult… maybe even miserable?

Does it seem like you’ve tried everything in your power to figure it out, and yet, despite your best intentions, you’re still plagued with:

• Not knowing how to even get started
• Not understanding even where to start with brainstorming ideas
• Not knowing how to identify programmers

If this describes you, then you are in luck today…

First, you are NOT alone! It may seem like it sometimes, but not knowing how to get started with an apps business idea is far more common than you’d think.

I ought to know, because I’ve been in the same spot before…

“Why Understanding All The Ins And Outs Of This Business Is Crucial!”

This is one area you must pay attention to…

A good place to get ideas on phone apps is in social forums that target mobile users and developers. Many ideas as well as complaints are found in these forums.

Let me explain…

The complaints from users are great in terms of feedback as they will tell you what not to do with your app. Developers will also tell you what you should avoid when creating your app due to design complexity and programming tool restrictions. Most of these forums are free and you only need to register to participate in them.

And the worst part? The more you don’t know the less you will succeed!

Make no mistake about it…

“The Costs of NOT Getting All The Info You Need Are Just Too High!”

Your lack of knowledge in this area may not be your fault, but that doesn’t mean that you shouldn’t — or can’t — do anything to find out everything you need to know to finally be a success!

The costs of continuing to repeat this pattern are just too steep…

I mean, think about all of the money you’re wasting because of how continuing to try things that don’t work costs you money… the time you’re losing due to going around in circles is also time-consuming…

… and that’s not to mention the toll it’s taking on your personal life, like the way the failed attempts over and over can impact personal life/relationships.

So today — in the next FEW MINUTES, in fact — we’re going to help you GET ON TRACK, and learn how you can quickly and easily get your apps business under control… for GOOD! That is why I’ve written this book…

“This Book Below Will Show You Exactly What What You Need To Do To Finally Be A Success With Your Apps Business!”

This E-Guide tutorial is titled “App Gangster – Becoming the Godfather of Smart Phone Apps”.

Application gangster e-guide e-cover

As a person just like you who has struggled with getting an apps business underway, I have searched high and low to find the best strategies to fix this problem and I am fully qualified and equipped to help you put an end to your frustration with trying to wade through all the info you need to know to run a profitable apps business!

For any type of business, a thorough market research is needed to tell you if the intended project venture is good or not. There are many sites that you can obtain market info and on many subjects. One such site is mobile phone development.com. It has great amounts of market research just on mobile phones and their apps. The research posted on this site is mostly done by big corporations which means that the data found on this site is valid and accurate.

And all of this up till now is just the beginning!

Are you ready?

“Introducing… App Gangster!”

This powerful tool will provide you with everything you need to know to be a success and achieve your goal of getting your apps business to a successful place.
With this product, and it’s great information on running your own apps business it will walk you, step by step, through the exact process we developed to help people get all the info they need to be a success.

Who Can Use This Book?

  • Entrepreneurs
  • Internet marketers
  • Network marketers
  • Life Coaches
  • Personal Development Enthusiasts
  • Self Improvement Bloggers
  •  Web Publishers
  • Writers and Content Creators
  • And Many More!

In This Book, You Will Learn:

  • Brainstorming Smart Phone App Ideas.
  • Perform A Thorough Competitive Market Research.
  • Be Different From Your Competitor’s App.
  • Hiring Programmers With Extensive Experience.
  • Building Your Apps For Different Types Of Smart Phones/OS.
  • And so much more!

“Why It Is Very Important For You To Invest In This Book Right Now…”

What’s really important now is NOT the tiny amount you’ll invest in this book but how much you’ll LOSE OUT if you don’t! Understand that you could really be missing out on being a success.

Don’t let anything stand in the way between you and your success with your life and getting your apps business under control. You see why many people must first learn the HARD WAY before investing in themselves and their success? You don’t have to go that route.

Think about how much you could change your life if you really applied the strategies in this book. You could be a success in your apps business in a short period of time.

I cannot even begin to imagine someone who would not take advantage of this – it’s just silly and could cause you so many issues if you don’t have all the info you need!

Thankfully, you are a sharp person… otherwise you wouldn’t be looking for a way to get this info.

Read it. Absorb. Apply it to your life. Observe the results.

There are several related products, which come as bonuses with this purchase, like the examples displayed in the image below:

  • Apps Army – The new breed of super apps marketers
  • Authoritative guide on making games for the IPad
  • IPhone apps profit formula and process map diagram
  • Living with Android – Playing with the hottest Android tablet in town

Four application related bonus e-guides e-covers

 Several other products are not even displayed here. It will come as a huge surprise, at least three! Here it is now:

  • Mobile simulator software
  • QR code maker software
  • Mobile marketing mania
  • Smart phone advertising
  • Video tutorial on apps development

Other products not shown above image

YOU CANNOT LOSE. “Grab Your Copy Today, Even If It Is 2 A.M. In The Morning!”

Purchase A Copy For Only $29.99.


PayPal buy button

P.S. Remember: your purchase is backed by my 100% satisfaction money back guarantee. You have nothing to lose except a chance to try it out for yourself!

P.S.S. You’ve got nothing to lose in this investment. You will only miss 100% of the shots you don’t take. Don’t make the same mistake of those who close this page and miss out on a tremendous opportunity!

Application developer footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: November 3, 2018

How to become a movie producer

How to become a movie producer header image

How to become a Movie Producer | Film Maker

How to become a Movie Producer | Film Maker and at the same time master the art and science of movie special effects.

These two comprehensive manuals will teach you everything you need to know about how to make movies.

If you’ve ever wanted the secrets to making your own film, here it is:

Exclusive Offer! Never Before Revealed Information!

Have you ever wanted to make your own film? Is there a story you want to tell? You might even think that this is impossible. “Studios make films, not the little guy”. This is probably what you tell yourself. Do you watch films with more than a casual eye? You probably want to know how they were able to get perfect lighting in your favorite scene, or how to write a professional screenplay. Do you watch the Actor’s Studio and hang on every word they say? My last question is, do sit in your seat at the movie when it’s over watching the credits as everyone else files out the door .

Why Don’t You Make Your Own Movie?

I know you have dreamed about it, but have you ever seriously contemplated making your own film? Yes Virginia, you too can make your own film, all on your own. If you have played with the idea of what it would be like to direct a film then you have already made an imaginary plan. Why not make it a reality. What else are you doing with your time, going to work at the factory everyday?

Are you thinking that Film making is only for studios and professionals? I believe that Independent film has changed all the rules. Doors are opening all over for aspiring filmmakers. Why not give it a try, what do you have to lose? With a little imagination and a lot of hard work you can do this, but you need the basics to get your started. If you feel like you don’t know where to start the process, I will show you.

How to make movies insider tips:

How to become a movie producer e-book e-cover

This E-book will give you the necessary information in film making that it would take a couple years in college to get. Not to mention hefty tuition fees. Everything you will need to know to get started is in this publication. I give you the benefit of what I have learned over the years. With this information you should be able to get started with a professional looking film. Who needs the studio to make a film when you can do it yourself.

With How to make movies insider tips you will benefit by…

1) You will be able to go from Pre-production to Post-production once you read How to make movies insider tips.

You will have the information you need to go from concept to screenplay and from the shoot to Post-production. You will discover how easy it is to make your own film with info on how to make your film look as professional as possible.

2) Promotion, Film Festivals and Distribution.

Once your film is finished you will get the tips on how to promote it. You will learn the value of film festivals in the film making process. All the info written in this E-book will assist you in getting to distribution.

Here is what you will learn inside this 82 page guide:

The basics of making movies
How to start film making as a kid
How to make a home movie
How to start a career in film or video production
How to write a feature film script
How to write, direct and edit your own movie
How to create a good experimental film
How to make a short film
How to make a movie
How to make a horror film
How to create a good documentary film
How to create a low budget movie
How to be an independent film maker
How to create a good animated film
How to make a professional film
How to become a film buff
4 Tips to Picking the Best Film School for You
Choosing a Good School – Is It Necessary to Make a Feature Film?
3 Pieces of Essential Sound Equipment
Making Appropriate Sound Equipment Choices
5 Tips to Creating the Best Feature Film Ever
Average Length of Feature Film Scripts
Best Time of Year to Shoot Your Feature Film
Developing Characters to Ensure a Hit Film
Ensuring the Success of Your Feature Film with Actors
Essential Tips to Shoot the Best Film of Your Career
Following the Schedule of Film Maker Success
Getting Your Next Feature Film Script off the Ground
Is Professional Equipment Necessary to Create a Feature Film?
Is Software Necessary in Feature Film Creation?
Lighting Tips for Feature Films
Managing the Feature Film Script to Be Successful
Organizing Your Film Shoot in 4 Easy Steps
Protecting Legal Rights During Filming Your Feature Film
Recording Your Next Feature Film with Professional Results
Script Issues – Write Yourself or Find a Writer
To Show or Not to Show – Deciding if Your Feature Film Should be Shared
Ultimate Ideas Exposed – 3 of the Top Suggestions You Will Find
Ultimate Suggestions to Creating Night Scenes in a Feature Film
Where to Spend Money When Creating A Feature Film
Your Enemy in a Feature Film Budget

How Much Is That Worth To You?

This E-book will cut through all the double-talk and cover only the pertinent info that you need to make your own film. This is not about film theory and critical viewing, it is the nuts and bolts of film making. This information in other books are spread out over 3 or 4 full books.

Why wait, you can have your start in making films as soon as you purchase this download. After all, making a film takes time and the longer you wait the longer you will be spinning your wheels just thinking about getting started.

Once you finish this E-book you will have all the info you need to get started. You will learn how to handle a camera, sound equipment and lights. You will also learn how to take your story, ideas and concepts and bring them to life on film. Don’t sit around waiting for your ideas to grow wings and fly, make it happen. Order How to make movies insider tips today and get started on making your film.

Bonuses with this purchase:

Bonus #1: The Art and Science of Movie Special Effects:

The art and science of movie special effects e-book e-cover

Like to see how Special Effects Blockbusters are made in Hollywood? If you had been intrigued by the stunning Special Effects in today’s movies and wondered how it’s all done, you’re just about to find out; from this Brand-New E-Book titled “The Art and Science of Movie Special Effects”. This E-Book reveals it all. In simple, plain English, the book explains the basic concepts behind these mind-blowing effects.

Once you understand the concepts, you will be able to comprehend the techniques used to achieve these effects. Using simple, jargon-free language, this book introduces you to a wide variety of effects techniques, from the simple to the most complex.

Table of contents:
Movie Special Effects – The Basic Concepts
The History of Movie Special Effects
Special Effects Techniques
– Stationary Matte
– Travelling Matte
– Animatronics
– Computer Graphics and Animation
Special Effects Pioneers
– Ray Harryhausen
– Walt Disney
– Cecil B. DeMille
Motion Control Cameras
How to Setup a Full-fledged Special Effects/Animation Studio
– The Content Creation Department
– The Editing Department
– The Render Farm
– The Data Storage & Networking Department
How Does One Get Into The Special Effects Industries
Special Effects Resources

Get a behind-the-scenes look at what goes on in Hollywood’s Special Effects studios! Take a look at the ingenious techniques employed to create these outrageous effects. Learn closely-guarded secrets that are never revealed to the average human being.

Become a Special Effects Wizard!!! Shock your friends with your amazing technical knowledge!

Bonus #2: Master resell rights to both e-books, plus this sales page and all the graphics. Is that fair or what?

Look at it this way – $47 really is a drop in the bucket compared to the time and money you can save yourself by avoiding all the other books and tutorials out there. Why spend a fortune learning how to quilt, when you can do so for a much better price?

Here’s How To Order Right Now!

Click here below for an instant download of this material. Once your credit card is approved, you will be taken to a special download page where you will have instant access to the e-books.

Special Offer – $19.97 for next 20 orders only! INSTANT ACCESS. Purchase Online with a Credit Card by Secure Server. Click Here below NOW to download your copy! It doesn’t matter if it’s 2:00 a.m. in the morning!

PayPal – The safer, easier way to pay online! PayPal – The safer, easier way to pay online!

Pay only $19.97:


PayPal buy button


P.S. Remember when I said you will learn to bring your story to life? Well I will show you how to make your production professional, while protecting your ideas. You will learn where to go to promote your film and how to develop a fan base for your film.

How to become a movie producer footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: November 1, 2018

11 Festive fruit and candy recipe e-books for free

11 Festive fruit and candy recipe e-books for free header image

11 Festive fruit and candy recipe e-books for free.

Ultimate festive recipes e-books e-box

11 Festive fruit and candy recipe e-books for free, rolled up into one zip file or 11 PDF files.

11 Festive fruit and candy recipe e-books for free, rolled up into one zip file or 11 PDF files, for immediate download.

Here is an example of what you get inside one free recipe e-book.

“100 Simple Healthy And Delicious Recipes For Your Special Christmas Meals”:

100 home-made Christmas meals e-book e-cover

Index (56 pages):

Get all eleven recipe e-books for free if you can successfully subscribe to our quarterly newsletter. You get the download link immediately. Subscribers also get the option to download each e-book individually in a PDF file, which can be read by any smart device.

Just tell us where to send the download links, when it becomes available. You will then be added to our list of Quarterly Newsletter subscribers. First see what to expect as one of our newsletter subscribers.

Posted by: | Posted on: October 26, 2018

How to avoid a heart attack or stroke

Life after a stroke header image

How to avoid a heart attack or stroke


Stroke and heart attack symptoms occur suddenly. Though the two events have a few possible symptoms in common, their other symptoms differ.

A common symptom of a stroke is a sudden and powerful headache. A stroke is sometimes referred to as a “brain attack.” A heart attack, on the other hand, often occurs with chest pain.

Recognizing the different symptoms of a stroke and heart attack can make a big difference in getting the right kind of help.

Source: https://www.healthline.com/health/stroke-vs-heart-attack

Heart attack:

During a heart attack, the blood supply that normally nourishes the heart with oxygen is cut off and the heart muscle begins to die. Heart attacks — also called myocardial infarctions — are very common in the United States. In fact, it’s estimated that one happens every 40 seconds.

Some people who are having a heart attack have warning signs, while others show no signs. Some symptoms that many people report are:

  • chest pain
  • upper body pain
  • sweating
  • nausea
  • fatigue
  • trouble breathing

A heart attack is a serious medical emergency. Seek immediate medical attention if you or someone you know is experiencing symptoms that could signal a heart attack.

Source: https://www.healthline.com/health/heart-attack

We have here an excellent e-guide for persons who want to avoid a heart attack or a stroke. Persons who have already experienced a stroke, can benefit tremendously by this advice to turnaround their lives back as near as possible to normality, as quickly as possible.

Life after a stroke:

The e-guide is titled “Life after a stroke”, with 14 audio’s and 25 scientifically researched articles:Life after a stroke e-guide e-cover

Table of Contents for “Life after a stroke” E-guide (47 pages):

Chapter 1 – An Introduction To Life After Stroke

  • Who This Guide Is For
  • How To Use This Guide

Chapter 2 – Immediate Aftereffects Of Stroke

  • Most Common Effects Following Stroke
  • Statistics On Life After Stroke
  • Goal Setting Following A Stroke
  • What We Learned

Chapter 3 – Rehabilitation

  • Your Mental Health
  • Treating Physical Symptoms of Stroke
  • Spasticity and Muscle Pain
  • ITB Therapy
  • Rehabilitation For Communication
  • General Management Tips For Recovery
  • Individual Approach To Rehabilitation
  • What We Learned

Chapter 4 – voiding Future Strokes

  • Dietary Changes
  • Recognize Stroke Risk Factors
  • What We Learned

Chapter 5 – Friends, Caregivers and Family

  • Finding Support
  • Communication and Family Roles
  • What We Learned

Chapter 6 – Hope For The Future

Chapter 7 – Stroke Resources

Are you at risk for the nation’s #3 leading killer of young and old alike?

Steps That Will Help You Create A Rich and Rewarding Life After Stroke

Discover a life transforming view of life after stroke, and discover new and beautiful ways to improve the quality of your life, even in the face of adversity…

Stroke… the silent killer… are YOU at risk?

Have you already suffered a stroke, or witnessed the struggles of a family member that has suffered, and want supportive, helpful and encouraging information that will allow you to lead an improved quality of life?

Every year for thousands of people stroke becomes a silent killer. For those lucky enough to survive, life following stroke can be filled with pain, sorrow and feelings of loss and abandonment.

Fortunately, there are ways to overcome these feelings and limitations, and discover a new independence, one you will discover rich and rewarding.

Each year thousands of people become victims of stroke, when they fail to recognize the early warning signs:

  • Sudden weakness in your arm, leg or hands.
  • The impression that you are not able to feel one side of your face or body.
  • Difficulty seeing or experienced temporarily blurriness from one eye.
  • Difficulty walking or experiencing balancing problems.
  • The worst headache of your life…

If you have experienced one or more of the symptoms above, your life may be at risk. Stroke is increasingly prevalent in modern times. Call your doctor immediately or visit the nearest ER!

Risk factors that may contribute to stroke include:

  • Increasing Age
  • Gender
  • Race and Ethnicity
  • Family History
  • Why you may not have the ability to control these risk-factors

There are however, many other risk factors you can control to reduce your odds of having a stroke. What are these risk factors and how can you eliminate them?

Keep reading to learn more…

Call 911 If Your Loved One Has Trouble Smiling, Can’t Raise Your Arms, Have Difficulty Seeing, Or Can’t Repeat An Easy Sentence…

These may all be signs of a stroke. Early intervention is often critical to enhancing one’s lifestyle and ability to cope following a stroke.

According to the National Institutes of Health, National Stroke Association, American Heart Association and many other authoritative bodies on stroke, the effects of stroke on the body are numerous.

The good news is with early intervention and proper rehabilitation, many stroke survivors and family members can go on to lead renewed lives. You can too. The first step to your success? You have to recognize the warning symptoms of stroke, so you avoid having a recurrent episode which may lead to further damage to your body and your life.

Here Are Some Warning Signs:

  • Loss of sensation of paralysis on one side of the body.
  • Difficulty understanding and communicating language.
  • Trouble with visual perception which may include blurry vision.
  • Impaired cognitive functioning that may include problems with judgment or memory.
  • Difficulty coordinating daily tasks including: walking, balancing or moving.

The impacts of stroke can be devastating for the more than 700,000 people that suffer from stroke each year.

The good news is when armed with knowledge and information; you can learn to lead an extraordinary life even following a devastating stroke. One of the most important desires stroke survivors have is the ability to regain an independent lifestyle. How is this achieved?

This is often achieved through rehabilitation, support and counseling, as well as caring for one’s individual health related problems following a stroke.

“The only work that will ultimately bring any good to any of us is the work of contributing to the healing of others…“ Adapted from M. Williamson

Friends and loved ones also find they are confused about how to cope with a loved one’s loss. Fortunately, there is help and guidance just a moment away. Friends and family can learn to heal others and heal their own sense of loss by learning more about life following a stroke.

In two minutes, you can download and read “Life After A Stroke” a moving, tell-all guide that teaches survivors, caregivers and close family how to cope with the after effects of stroke. Using this guide you can learn how to regain some of your independence and improve the quality of your life to the greatest extent possible.

Imagine what your life would be like if you could learn to communicate with others in a sensible, logical and non-frustrating manner…

While you may not return to the state of health you were in before having a stroke, there is much evidence suggesting with proper knowledge and information, you can lead a rich and rewarding life.

Are you ready to take back you life?

Perhaps you are a caregiver looking for guidance and support while caring for a family member or loved one suffering from stroke. No matter the case, you’ve landed in just the right place to find the information you need.

Introducing a Revolutionary New Approach To Healing… Find out how to improve the quality of YOUR life and that of your loved ones, by adopting a few simple, common-sense strategies.

Download Your Copy Now

In this unique and gentle approach to Stroke, learn everything there is to know about stroke whether a survivor, friend, family member or caregiver.

This important guide contains information that will:

  • Educate you about the immediate aftereffects of stroke, so you know what to expect and how to overcome setbacks in the early weeks following a stroke.
  • Teach you how to set goals following a stroke that will speed the progression of your healing.
  • Help you understand what rehabilitation is all about, including what forms of rehabilitation are available and how they can improve your quality of life and standard of living.
  • Help you discover and learn new and innovative tools for treating the physical symptoms of stroke, including spasticity and muscle pain.
  • Tell you about new ways of treating old problems, including use of a popular cosmetic procedure that may reduce muscle tightness and help improve coordination and balance.
  • Teach you what ITB therapy is and how it can improve delivery of targeted medications to your system, so you feel better faster, longer.
  • Show you how to set up an individual approach to rehabilitation that aligns with your personal needs, goals and interests.
  • Learn how to avoid future strokes…

Someone who has had a stroke is almost twice as like to experience another. Learn the 2 most important steps you can take to prevent future strokes and enhance your odds for an improved quality of life following stroke.

Friends, Family and Caregivers

Friends, family and caregivers also need support and guidance during the period of time following a stroke. The good news is in Life After Stroke, you can learn how to communicate and reevaluate each member of a household’s roles, so everyone enjoys an improved quality of life when caring for a loved one.

Most importantly, Life After Stroke offers hope for the future. When you have nowhere else to turn, you always have hope.

Our goal in writing this book is to get the message out about stroke. To that effect, we want to make sure you are armed with as much information as possible about stroke.

To ensure your satisfaction and your comfort when ordering your guide, we are willing to offer you a no-risk opportunity to enjoy Life After Stroke… and then some!

While we hate to force you to commit to anything you are uncomfortable about, we do insist you commit to your well being. Life after a stroke can be challenging, but the more information and education you have, the better able you will be to face life and learn to adapt to your new life.

Discover you can transform any disability you may experience resulting from your stroke into ability.

So act now. Find out how you can vastly improve the quality of your life. You deserve it.

Yes, YOUR NAME, I want to order Life After A Stroke and learn how to live my live to the fullest after a stroke.
With my order, I realize I have a full 60 days to review this guide. If, at that time, I decide this guide is not for me, I can request a full refund – no questions asked.

Simply click the button below to be taken to our secure payment processor, and you will be transferred to the download page immediately following your payment.

Let us teach you how to heal yourself and others in this trying time. Find out how to reward yourself in ways never before expected.

Click Here and in just two minutes, you too can start the journey toward healing and progress… Remember, HOPE is never lost when you have FAITH and a proper education…

Get all for a mere $29.99 through the secure servers of PayPal.

To say thanks for your trust in buying “Life after a stroke”, we also thought it prudent to add these six E-guides, displayed in the table below, as complementary to the main product:

500 delicious diabetic recipes e-book (239 pages):
500 delicious diabetic recipes e-guide e-cover
Price: Free
A guide to becoming a vegetarian (34 pages):
E-guide to becoming a vegetarian e-cover
Price: Free
Making the case for a vegetarian lifestyle (14 pages):
Making the case for a vegetarian lifestyle e-guide e-cover
Price: Free
Heart healthy recipes - lower your high blood pressure today!
Heart healthy recipes e-guide e-cover
Price: Free
How to eat right and manage your life (44 pages):
How to eat right and manage your life e-guide e-cover
Price: $9.99
1001 Heart healthy recipes (1117 pages):
1001 Heart healthy recipes e-guide e-cover
Price: Free

The price of $29.99 is made up as follows: $20.00 for “Life after a stroke” plus $9.99 for “How to eat right and manage your life”, bringing the price to a total of $29.99.


PayPal buy button


If you know of persons, who can benefit from these products, please make their day and refer them to this page; they may thank you forever!

**Important information about this product. This digital product is for educational purposes only and should not be considered medical advice. Only a qualified healthcare professional can offer medical advice. If you suspect you have depression or any illness, contact your healthcare provider immediately for an accurate diagnosis. By ordering and reviewing this guide, you agree to relinquish all liability associated with this products use. The information provided is offered on an “as is” basis with no warranties.

Life after a stroke footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 21, 2018

How to become more creative

Six products to improve creative thinking header

How to become more creative and increase creative thinking abilities

Here are six of the bundle of eight products to help anyone to become more creative and increase creative thinking abilities:


Six products animation image


1. The book of personal transformation – how to use ancient wisdom to create a new life for yourself (38 pages, with giveaway rights):


The book of personal transformation - how to use ancient wisdom to create a new life for yourself e-guide-e-cover


2. The secrets behind creativity – hidden ways to unlock innovation (54 pages, with resell rights):


Secrets behind creativity e-guide e-cover

Determining the secrets behind creativity can have amazing benefits for your life and business! Learn about the hidden ways to unlock your innovation and create amazing results in your life and business!

What does creativity mean to you? To most individuals, they refer to the arts – writing and music for instance. However creativity applies to everything – anything fresh, anything that’s never been created earlier, stems from the creative mental faculty.

What are your goals, your jobs, and your hobbies? Can you determine how creation plays a role in that? Do you know that there are 2 different kinds of imagination that play a role in creativity?

The truth is: If you want to know how to have true creativity and come up with innovative ideas…you need to learn the secrets behind creativity!

You know why most people have a tendency to not achieve the success and growth they desire in life and business? It’s because they don’t know that the origination of wealth can be incurred, with diligence, through the informed and pragmatic use of synthetic imagination (e.g. creating a better mouse trap), however most wealth and most forward motion in human applied science happens through the use of creative imagination.

As business minded persons, we became so highly skilled and adept in acting from the left side (the analytical, logical) of our brain, that we may be in peril of under using our right side (the artistic, intuitive) part of our brain. That’s why scientists today agree that the roles and obligations of the brain can’t be merely carved up as left-or right brain. Creative or artistic Imagination. When we get some “inspiration” and “intuitions”, it’s through the faculties of our creative vision that carry them out. This creative or artistic mental faculty becomes more mentally amenable and alert in relation to its evolution through constant use and practice.

Which brings us to a very important aspect I must talk about here. You would be smart to understand the secrets behind creativity and innovation!

People who struggle in life, success, business and abundance will find these things in common:

  • They have no idea that there are two types of imagination for creativity.
  • They have no idea how to use creative imagination!
  • They are struggling with the concept of expanding their thinking.
  • They also don’t understand how to produce new ideas.
  • Many more problems untold…

Well don’t worry… With the strategies that I’m about to let you in on, you will have no problems when it comes to understanding all about true creativity and how to master innovation.

In this book, you will learn all about:

  • Getting rid of either/or thinking.
  • About getting business ideas from competitors …
  • How to keep track of ideas.
  • The fact that sometimes you have to take a break.
  • How to expand your thinking!
  • About synthetic imagination.
  • Make full use of this knowledge and get a real look at what true creativity and innovation is!

Let’s face it…The ability to yield fresh ideas is an all-important work skill today. You are able to acquire this skill by consciously practicing strategies that force your mind to formulate new connections, break old thought patterns and consider new positions.

You too, might occasionally get ground to a halt when writing, analyzing, designing, or engaging in some or other creative enterprise. Or perhaps you just can’t get rolling; you go through writer’s block or blank out. The empty page or screen can be daunting.

That is why is it very important for you to realize the value of what I’m offering. The price I’m charging for this book is minimal when you consider the fact that you can use just one of these strategies to make your money back 10-15 times over. Remember that if you fail to take action today, things will not get better… at least not immediately.

3. Unleash the creative new you (55 pages, with resell rights):


Unleash the creative new you e-guide e-cover


Now you can think like a genius! “Who else wants to develop super creative abilities to generate highly innovative ideas, solve the most difficult problems with ease, and attain enormous success in life?”

They snickered as I strode the length of the conference room, to the podium. I was prepared to address the committee. “Is this some kind of joke?” whispered a fellow associate, as I moved past him. I was new in the department, and have not yet bowled them over with my great ideas.

“Not exactly an idea generator, what’s that person trying to prove?” muttered one of the department supervisors.

I laid the folder containing my presentation on the podium, and opened it slowly. Clearing my throat, I said, “Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Thank you for coming.”

I looked into the eyes of my new co-workers and saw a mixture of amusement, disbelief, and bafflement. It’s true I have not exactly wowed my new team with my contributions since I was hired. What they didn’t know was that I’ve been keeping something from them. Should I tell them about the secret of my success? I smiled at the assembled committee and began to lay out my ideas for the company’s new advertising campaign. Mouths started dropping. Folks started nodding and smiling. Soon there were whispers around the conference room and smiles. When I finished my presentation, there was a big applause. The members of my team rushed forward, crowding around me, shaking my hand and banging me on the back.

“How did you do it? Your ideas were great! You really surprised us! You’ve been holding back haven’t you? Okay, what’s your secret?”

I told them my story. I have discovered a way to increase my productivity by unleashing my creativity. Yes, it was just that simple. I discovered it was within my power to enhance my own imagination. It was all in the pages of a simple report – Unleashing the Creative New You!

It has probably happened to you before. A problem arises at the office or in your family, and everyone looks up to you to solve it. You don’t want to hurt feelings or step on anyone’s toes, so you find yourself hedging around the issue.

What you really need is a creative solution, one that will soothe everyone’s ruffled feathers. You need something that will appease all parties involved. How do you make everyone happy? Is that even possible?

You smiled to yourself thinking that what you really need to be is a genius to solve this dilemma. You wish you’re one of those people who can come up with something amazing, inspiring, and creative, at the drop of a hat. Have you become a creature of habit over the years? Think there’s no way you could ever be creative? Maybe you’ve been stuck in a rut. What if I told you that it is indeed possible for you to become the creative being you’ve always wanted to be?

What if you could:

  • Gain that self-confidence you’ve always desired.
  • Reduce your stress.
  • Find some inner peace.
  • Learn to have better control over your life.
  • Find unbelievable satisfaction.
  • Learn to express yourself.
  • Find some purpose in your life.

You will feel so good about yourself, your work will prosper, your family life will improve, and even your relationships will blossom.
What if you could look at something everyone else has looked at, but see it in a totally different light? What if you could give it a twist?
You could develop your intuition, that special insight that only creative people seem to possess.
Think you’re not creative? Think you’re not imaginative? Well, stop thinking.
We’re all capable of creativity. It’s in our genes, our very DNA. All human beings are creative. It’s just a matter of developing that creativity.
“But how do I do that,” you ask? “I don’t know if I’m smart enough to be a problem solver”. “What if I don’t possess enough knowledge to be really good at this?”
Well, Albert Einstein said, “Creativity is more powerful than knowledge.”

“Want to creatively change your life?”
I stumbled upon the very answer for all those who think they don’t have it in themselves to be creative, imaginative, or inspired. You do have it in you, and one report will teach you exactly how to unleash it.
Unleash The Creative New You is all you’ll ever need to start bringing out that creative person and that imaginative soul that’s inside of you. It’s possible to break free from that monotonous, humdrum existence and start living the creative life you were always meant to live.
After reading this report, you will be able to understand what creativity really is, how it can help you live a more fulfilling life, and what you can do right now to wake up that sleeping creative giant within you.
You will discover the factors that keep you from becoming creative, and the necessary steps you have to take in order to counter these so called creative “blocks.”

What you will find inside Unleashing the Creative New You:

  • How to conquer procrastination, fear, anxiety, lack of self-confidence, and perfectionism.
  • An awesome way to avoid losing all those marvelous ideas your creative mind is capable of churning out.
  • The first step to solving any problem.
  • How creative activities can take away stress and improve your health.
  • How to achieve a Zen-like state of creativity.
  • What you need to do to assure yourself of creative success.
  • How to apply your creative energy to your daily life.
  • How to develop a higher IQ.
  • How to counter the dreaded “enemies” of your creativity.
  • How to be a genius.
  • How you can keep employees happily coming up with innovative ideas.
  • How many ideas an average child can generate compared to an adult. You’ll be surprised!
  • The many forms of creativity.
  • How to know when you have made contact with the creative spirit.
  • What leaves us too drained to be truly creative?
  • The biggest difference in our brains and those of so-called geniuses.
  • A checklist to evaluate how creative you are.
  • Vital tools and skills to enhance your creativity.
  • Examples of companies who got a huge return on their investment by offering creative courses.
  • How meditation and hypnosis can help unleash your creativity.
  • One of the necessary components to your happiness and mental health.
  • A key ingredient in your creative life.
  • Why it’s okay to sit and do nothing once in a while.
  • How smart employers create creative, problem-solving forces.
  • The dangers of the notorious “inner critic.”
  • An excellent way to teach your mind to focus and concentrate on your own creativity.
  • What Benjamin Franklin did to stimulate his thinking.
  • How to know if you are becoming creative automatically.
  • The wonder of the magical “serendipity.”
  • How to come up with creative ways to solve your problems.
  • The difference between the mind of a genius and the mind of an ordinary person.
  • Signs of genius.
  • The function of the left and right side of the brain.
  • How to shift from one side of the brain to the other.
  • How to allow necessary information to get through to your consciousness, giving you a whole world of inspiration.
  • What Albert Einstein would do when he has a problem.
  • How creativity and change depend on one another.
  • Personal changes that require a great deal of creativity.
  • The largest group of creative people.
  • The capabilities of right-handed and left-handed people.
  • How to come up with all manners of creative ideas to deal with any aspects of your life.
  • How children are likened to Zen Masters.

“Everyone Needs an Edge!”

Creativity gives you that edge, that certain something that makes you stand out in a crowd. You want to be more than just smart; you want to be inspiring!

  • So, how do you nurture that creative spirit within you? Check out Chapter Five.
  • How do you channel all that newfound creativity into your everyday life? See Chapter Three.
  • What if you make mistakes? The answers are all in Chapter Six.
  • Don’t you have to be some kind of genius to be creative? No, and you’ll find out why in Chapter Eight.
  • Are you ever too old to learn to be creative? Of course not! Find out why in Chapter Eleven.

Still don’t believe that you too can be inspiring, imaginative, and creative? Don’t take my word for it; read what others have to say:

  • “Your report was wonderful! I can’t believe what a difference it made in my creative skills. My family thinks I’m inspired! Thanks a million!
    Kelly J. -Texas
  • “I tried some of your ideas at the last office meeting and wowed my co-workers. They think I have a private consultant on retainer. Thanks for a great report!”
    Samantha K. -California
  • “My wife thinks I’m a real genius, since I read your report and applied some of your ideas. My entire family has become more creative. Thanks again.”
    Tim P.-Arkansas
  • “I was having trouble even finding a job, until I read your report and learned how to apply creativity to the interviews. I start my new job next week!”
    Ben E. -Arizona

Download Unleashing the Creative New You now.

For a limited time, I’m making a special promotional offer. I want to get this report out to the public, so people can see for themselves. Specialized reports of this nature, produced in limited quantities, usually sell for $79.00. But you don’t have to pay that amount. In fact, you don’t even have to pay $50.00 for this rare and powerful information.

4. The power of mind mapping E-guide (27 pages, with giveaway rights):


Mindmap handbook e-guide e-cover


The Power of Mind Mapping!

“How to Use Mind Maps to Boost Your Creativity, Achieve Faster Success, Greater Results, and Develop Winning Ideas at the Speed of Thought!”

The purpose of this free e-book is to show you the great potential of mind mapping, and to provide you with some useful tools for creating your own mind maps easily.

My intention is to introduce the basic concepts of mind mapping and give you everything you need to get started. After reading this e-book, you will be equipped with all the knowledge and inspiration necessary to develop your own winning mind mapping techniques!

Here is a short sample of the things mind mapping can do for you:

  • Dramatically accelerate your learning capacity
  • Instantly see connections and links between different subjects
  • Develop effective brainstorming techniques
  • Help your mind become a powerful idea generator
  • Quickly gain insight into the big picture of any project
  • Increase your ability to memorize and remember
  • Boost your creativity
  • Optimize and simplify any project you may have

In other words, mind mapping can be a very useful and powerful tool for you. I personally use mind mapping in almost everything I do, and I believe you too will appreciate the great advantages of these techniques while reading this.

Before we get started, I would like to say a few words about Tony Buzan, the originator of Mind Maps:

  • Tony Buzan was born in London 1942, and graduated from the University of British Columbia in 1964. While developing his understanding of the human mind, he studied psychology, neuro-physiology, neuro-linguistics, semantics, information, perception and general sciences. In 1971, Tony realized that a new computer came with a 1000 page manual, while humans were born with a brain billions of times more powerful than computers – but without a manual.
  • It was then that he began to visualize an operating manual for the brain – and the concepts of Radiant Thinking and Mind Mapping began to emerge. Tony Buzan has now published over twenty books about the human brain, creativity and learning, and in my opinion he is the most experienced expert in this area.
  • You can benefit from mind mapping in almost everything you do. This amazing tool will help you optimize your creativity no matter what projects you are working on. It will help you reach your goals faster – and with more accuracy.

Please feel free to Spread The Word about this free e-book and share it with your friends. Together you can discuss these powerful concepts and develop your mind mapping techniques with great success!

5. Mind mapping PC software (with giveaway rights):


Mindmap free software e-cover


6. The inventors handbook – ideas to patents (with resell rights):


Inventors handbook e-guide e-cover


Table of contents for “Inventors handbook – ideas for patents” (56 pages):

  1. Introduction, foreword, overview and layout of the book
  2. Creation and birth of ideas, innovations, patents and brilliant million dollar thoughts, products and services (from need to needed!)
  3. Defining and protecting innovation – three questions:
  4. Is there a need for this?
  5. Is this a truly original idea?
  6. What is the potential of this new idea of patent?
  7. Patents, copyright and trademarks
  8. Packaging, pitching and presenting your new idea or patent
  9. Securing capital, funding and dollars
  10. The intricacies and complexities that are contracts and profits
  11. New economy and online marketing, virtual marketplace
  12. How licensing helps you optimize your new idea, patent and innovation
  13. A frequently asked question about ideas, patents and new ideas
  14. Conclusion
  15. Glossary
  16. E-sources

“Innovation is the specific instrument of entrepreneurship, the act that endows resources with a new capacity to create wealth.”, Peter Drucker (1909 – 2005), Innovation and Entrepreneurship, 1985.


He who builds a better mousetrap these days runs into material shortages, patent-infringement suits, work stoppages, collusive bidding, discount discrimination–and taxes.”, H. E. Martz

7. Cracking creativity E-guide (with resell rights):


Cracking creativity e-guide e-cover


Table of contents for “Cracking Creativity E-guide” (104 pages):

  1. How to find Creative juices in the home – how to explore your areas
  2. Without having goals you can never succeed
  3. How to bring nature into your life
  4. How to feel more creative in life
  5. How to open your inner feelings
  6. How to open your feelings to others
  7. How to learn to be more communicative
  8. How to open your life to be with others
  9. How to realize there is a purpose to life
  10. How to realize you can be more in life
  11. How to realize your energy comes from within
  12. How to be in touch with life helps you be creative
  13. How to live life to be creative
  14. How to process to inner peace
  15. How to express yourself
  16. How to understand your possibilities are limitless
  17. You can’t succeed without pushing yourself
  18. How to find peace within yourself
  19. How to learn to appreciate nature
  20. How to find individual power within
  21. How to find individual power through religion and beliefs
  22. How to realize it’s not what you believe but that you believe
  23. How to keep the mind busy to explore your intelligence levels
  24. How to learn to love even if you feel you never can
  25. How to learn to get past the pain and find life
  26. How to remember and find that everything does happen for a reason
  27. Why do you feel it happened to you? And what you can do to change it
  28. How to live with the spirit of others in life
  29. If you don’t like your life, change it and how to
  30. How to realize nothing is going to be given to you but you have to work for it
  31. Changing others by showing them how to set goals
  32. How to change your own life by learning to suppress negative spirits
  33. How to realize there is another world after death
  34. How to create functions that make you a part of a group
  35. How to feel more alive by fulfilling your need to be a part of anything
  36. How to open your spirit and learn more about the feelings of others
  37. When you feel things are bad, think about how bad it could be
  38. How to deal with the life you have
  39. How your inner spirit gives you strength
  40. Your inner beliefs do have an impact on people around you
  41. What is your purpose in life and how to find it
  42. What you hold dear in life may not really be what you should hold dear
  43. How to feel more alive daily
  44. How to make others feel more alive by what you say in life
  45. How to change your unhappy life
  46. How to learn the truth about life
  47. How to discover that beauty is not everything
  48. How to feel needed is a feeling of full life
  49. How your spirit gives you creative expressions
  50. How to harness your spirit

8. The creative process in the individual (with resell rights):

The creative process in the individual e-guide e-cover


Table of contents for “The creative process in the individual E-guide” (61 pages):

  1. Foreword
  2. The starting point
  3. The self-contemplation of spirit
  4. The divine ideal
  5. Manifestation of the life principle
  6. The personal factor
  7. The standard of personality
  8. The denouement of the creative process
  9. Conclusion
  10. The divine offering

Get all eight these products for e mere $29.99 through the secure servers of PayPal:


PayPal buy button


Cracking creativity footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 19, 2018

The healing wonders of herbal plants

Herbal remedies header image

The healing wonders of herbal plants

The healing power of herbal plants

“Discover the Natural Herbal Cures and Remedies Used to Treat Illness and Disease for Hundreds of Years…STOP Using Unnecessary Drugs and Pills, and Learn the Natural Cures Doctors Never Informed You About!” All for free to download. It will not cost a penny.

Remember Your Mother Telling You That “An Apple a Day, Would Keep The Doctor Away”…Could Be Absolutely True?!

Do you suffer from any illness or disease and have tried every treatment out their without much success? Are you sick and tired of spending $10, $50 or $100 on drugs or pills that only end up making you feel more sick and nauseous?

Well you will be surprised to know that there is another way; a much healthier alternative that has been around for hundreds of years! Yes, natural herbal cures have been around from the beginning of time, but we rarely even use them because of the amount of media and advertising surrounding the importance of pharmaceutical synthetic drugs.

“What the Drug and Pill Companies Don’t Want You to Know About!”

Considering the mass amount of doctors and specialists in the medical industry, only a handful of specialists in various parts the world promote the use of natural remedies to treat disease. The fact is, there are alternative ways to cure and prevent disease – also, eradicate them. There are also natural, non-drug and non-surgical ways to cure and prevent virtually every disease, but drug and food companies never promote these methods of treatment because pharmaceutical drugs and treatments are big money…and that’s the truth.

Until now, the public has been deceived by a highly organized and extremely well financed advertising from the media. Fake claims have been passed off and we now believe that the only way to treat any symptoms of illness or disease to purchase off-the-counter drugs. This is simply not true!

“What’s The Wisest Way to Cure Your Disease?”

Based on scientific evidence, it is clear that the safest and most effective treatment for various diseases are right in our households…A mixture of natural fruits, vegetables and herbs are some of things needed to prevent or cure disease. I’m not teaching you how to make a fruit salad – With the right combination of ingredients, a cure can be created in the privacy of your own home!

Many off-the-counter drugs are made from natural extractions from plants, but of course, synthetic materials are combined in the mix – This causes the side effects you read and hear about.

The facts and research in my book benefits everyone – Whether you’re a 21 year old student in University or you’re retired at the healthy age of 65, you’ll find the information within very useful. I’ve focused on common illnesses and treatments used by Chinese, Europeans, Indians and Asian cultures dating back for centuries.

“Here are just a few amazing facts you’ll learn inside these books!”

  • Natural Herbal Cures and Remedies
  • Learn the natural health concepts: Hydrotherapy, Herbalism, Eclectic Medicine and Natural Hygiene
  • Learn which natural herbs have a combined medicinal and culinary purpose you can use to enhance your health and lifestyle.
  • How you can use sugar and fat to your advantage, instead of cutting them out of your diet.
  • Learn the danger’s of pharmaceutical drugs and how you can avoid the bad drugs and pills.
  • Discover the precise nature and and structure of a chemical in an herb. And how they react to your body and internal organs
  • Learn how the Chinese combine their natural medicinal herbs.
  • Discover natural cures to treat all kinds of disorders…like the common cold or preventing influenza.
  • Learn one of the oldest forms of health care dating back a few hundred years. Alternatives that are very safe and no side-effects.
  • The most important herbal supplements you should be adding to your diet.
  • Learn the absolute truth about off-the-counter drugs. And how they can affect you and your family.
  • Natural skin remedies to help your skin feel fresh and rejuvenated!
  • Forget about using that drugstore synthetic face wash. Discover the natural facial remedies to cure your blemishes and acne!

Take it from me that these books on the healing wonders of herbal plants are worth a try. And I’ll say with 100% confidence, you’ll discover information you’ve never knew existed! After you start learning and using my natural cures, you’ll wonder why you never found these books earlier!

Here below are the four free E-books. Yes, you can get these four E-books totally for free. Not only that, the e-books also come with resell rights.

Natural cures and remedies – natural cures your doctor never told you (77 pages):

Herbal cures e-guide e-cover image


Conventional Cures VS Natural Herbal Cures
The Alternative Cure Advantage
Natural Herbs
Alternative Natural Herbal Cures
Herbal Medicinal Cures
Chinese Herbal Medicine
Different Types of Herbal Medicine
Herbal Diet Supplements
Advantages of Herbal Diet Supplements
Are Their Any Side Effects To Natural Cures?
Natural Skin Remedies
Herbal Acne Remedies
Natural Herbal Recipe

Herbal healing for everyone – Learn about the powerful healing properties of herbs (33 pages):

Herbal healing e-guide e-cover image

Table Of Contents

Chapter 1: Herbal Healing Basics
Chapter 2: How To Treat Wounds With Herbs
Chapter 3: How To Treat Acne With Herbs
Chapter 4: Treating Anxiety And Depression With Herbs
Chapter 5: Herbal Assistance For Cancer Treatment
Chapter 6: Body Detox With Herbs
Chapter 7: Herbs For Headaches And Tension
Chapter 8: Herbs For Helping With Lung Conditions
Chapter 9: Top 5 Herbs To Keep On Hand
Chapter 10: What You Need To Know-The Cautions About Using Herbs
Wrapping Up

HERBAL MANUAL for 130 remedies (120 pages):

Herbal manual for 130 remedies e-guide e-cover image

Table of Contents




Plus 105 other herbs (too many to list here)


The Ultimate Collection Of Herbal Tea Remedies (33 pages):

Herbal tea remedies e-guide e-cover image

Table Of Contents

ADD/ADHD Remetea
After Dinner Carminative Tea
Allergy Season Blend
Aphrodite Blend Tea
Bladder Infections Tea
Blood Builder Tea
Blossoms of Health Tea
Blues Tea
Breast Health Tea
Bronchial Congestion Tea
Calming Tea 1
Calming Tea 2
Colds and Flu Tea
Colds and Hoarseness Tea
Winter Tea
Coughing Fits Tea
Crone Root Tea
Detoxification Tea
Dream Tea
Dual Purpose Tea
Echinacea & Roots Tea
Evening Repose Tea
Fever Reducer Tea
Flashes Blend Tea
Fluid Retention Tea
Tea for menstrual problems, fertility and childbirth. Forests Tea(formerly Lung Blend)
Happy Man Tea Blend Happy Tummy Tea Headache Tea Healing Ginger tea Less Stress Tea Mellow Mood Tea Memory Zest Blend Moon Ease Tea
My Nerves Are Shot Tea!
Natural Concentration Tea Nausea Tea
Nervous Stomach Tea
Nervous Tension Tea “No-Sweat” Tea Pinkeye tea recipe Pleasant Dreams Quiet Child Tea Quiet Time Tea Rejuvenation Tea Relaxation Tea Sleep Tea Recipe Soothing Tea
Spiced Relief
Tea For Health
Tea for Nervousness Tummy Tea
Upset Stomach Tea
Urinary Infection Tea Winter Tea
Wise Woman Tea
Beauty From the Inside out! Tea – Patti’s Pain Killer Stress-Reducing Rest
Soar throat Licorice root Slippery Elm Peppermint
The Common Cold Stomach ache Fever buster Tea Dry, raspy cough Aches and Pains Tea
Blood Builder Tea
Constipation Tea Cramp Tea Detox Tea
Dry Congestion Tea
During cold or sinus season Tea Epilepsy Combination
Tea For Digestive Problems Heartburn Tea
Hops Sleep Blend
Memory Minder Tea Stop that Cough Tea Super Relaxer Tea Tranquility Tea
Very Odd Cure for Bad Breath Baby Sleep Tea
Depression Tamer Tea

Still under construction. Bookmark this page to come back often to get the free download link.

Under construction cartoon lady image

Alternative action: Just tell us where to send the download links, when it becomes available. You will then be added to our list of Quarterly Newsletter subscribers. First see what to expect as one of our newsletter subscribers.

Herbal remedies footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 19, 2018

Ten year maintenance plans

Ten year maintenance plan header image
Ten year maintenance plans

Ten year maintenance plans for sectional title management schemes in South Africa

1. We provide ten year maintenance plans inside the borders of Gauteng Province, South Africa.

We provide streamlined ten year maintenance plans for Community Management Schemes like Sectional title schemes, Share block companies, Home or property owners associations, Housing schemes for retired persons, Housing co-operatives, Gated Villages with a Constitution, Social Co-operatives and even some shopping malls.

We have a questionnaire which must be completed and returned to us, to enable us to start with drawing up the ten year plan. The questionnaire is in PDF format and can be downloaded from the Internet. We also pay a visit and conduct a joint inspection.


View my credentials here.

Sectional title ten year maintenance plan contact details

Users of my services in Gauteng Province, also get a free copy of my ten year maintenance plan training guide.

View this ten year maintenance plans slideshow:

This presentation slide above can also be downloaded in PDF format by clicking here. If you want to find this presentation again in the near future, it may be expedient and advisable to store this PDF file on your hard drive, where you can easily retrieve it again.

2. Ten year maintenance plan training guide.

Get trained in how to compile ten year maintenance plans with our streamlined system. As I cannot do all the work in all the outstretched regions of the country, I am making the training guide for my streamlined system available to others, who may need it.

Ten year maintenance plan training guide e-cover


2.1 Reasons for compiling this training guide:

All the required forms and regulations can be downloaded from the Community Schemes Ombud Service web site: http://csos.org.za/. They do not, however, have any guidelines on how to draw up and submit a ten year maintenance plan, except for the rules pertaining to the level of the reserve fund budget.

Consequently, after intense research, I discovered an example published by The Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment of New Zealand, which I converted to the South African environment, by changing some of the linguistic terms. I found this to be a workable document, but a bit cumbersome, as all calculations must be done manually with a calculator.

I then combined the ideas and methods of the New Zealand example into a spread sheet calculation model by using a Microsoft Excel spread sheet computer program. Luckily I had ample experience with using the formulas inside spread sheet programs, as I previously had to develop several models for different purposes.

After receiving many enquiries and questions of how to do it and after compiling several ten year maintenance plans for different building complexes, I realised there is a need for guidelines.

From my previous lifetime experience in writing training manuals, I decided to come up once again with a training manual for compiling the ten year maintenance plan, which the Ombud Service require, but do not have any guidelines for.

The training manual has now become a handy guideline for building complex managements outside of Gauteng borders, as they are too far away to make use of my services in drawing up their plans.

However, if they do not have knowledge of using spread sheet programs, I can still do it with the help of a questionnaire to be completed by the management body.

Several manuals have been sold and I have already compiled several ten year plans for Body Corporate Managements, Home Owners Associations and Retirement Villages.

The biggest problem found so far, is that one cannot easily find a building construction expert, a spread sheet user expert and a financial statement expert, all rolled up into one single person. The solution for this dilemma is to assemble a team of knowledgeable persons for the task, if needed.

2.2 Table of contents for the Ten year maintenance plan training guide (40 pages):

1. Job skills requirements to become a provider of ten year maintenance plans
2. Information needed to compile a ten year maintenance plan.
2.1 Identification
2.2 Income statement information regarding owner common property levy contribution
2.3 Annual inspection results on structures to be renovated, equipment repairs & maintenance
2.4 Administrative Fund and Reserve Fund balances at latest year-end from financial statements
2.5 Personal contact details of persons responsible/accountable for the complex ten year maintenance plan (preferably more than one)
2.6. Complex Google maps coordinates or physical address
2.7. Latest audited financial statements included.
2.8. Describe what kind of agreement exists with unit owners, with regard to operational costs and maintenance costs.
3. Compiling a ten year maintenance plan manually, without using a spreadsheet program
3.1 Ten year maintenance plan example template without a spreadsheet program
4. Illustration of how to combine the Administration fund budget with the ten year Maintenance budget in a spreadsheet program.
4.2 Illustration of a Body Corporate 10 year maintenance plan (with MS Excel spreadsheets).
4.3 How to apply the rules of the law in the software program. See page 4 of the Act:
4.4 How to spread out maintenance cost to minimise levies. See rule 22 of the Act, page 37.
4.5 The purpose with the reserve fund.
5. Maintenance lifespan and costs for community complexes.
5.1 Building component and equipment lifespan/life cycle for ten year maintenance plans.
6. Illustration of how to report to the Community Schemes Ombud Service (CSOS).
7. Exceptional cases of adding a savings plan to the ten year maintenance plan.
7.1 Here is an example of equal annual amounts at 0% interest revenue
7.2. Here is an example of required annual savings at 3% interest p.a.
8. The following assumptions are part and parcel of the sale of this guide
9. Get a free spreadsheet program and save thousands
10. Bonus: Where to get these eight training manuals for peanuts. Use them for internal training sessions of employees or to train yourself
10.1 MS Suite 8 training manuals in hard copy
10.2 MS Suite 8 training manuals in digital E-book format
10.3. The one only MS Excel 2016 training manual in digital E-book format
11. Summary notes:
11.1 Easy bookkeeping
11.2 Effect of adding cost items to the Administrative Fund budget
11.3 Effect of adding cost items to the ten year maintenance plan
12. Last step of reporting
13. The huge market potential for providers of ten year maintenance plans

The market size is made up of all Sectional titles development schemes, Share block companies, Home or property owners associations, Housing schemes for retired persons, Housing co-operatives, Gated villages with constitutions, Social Co-operatives and even some Shopping malls with shared ownership. Community Management Schemes is the fastest growing type of building development projects in the country.

2.3 Job skills requirements to become a provider of ten year maintenance plans:

• Knowledge of building construction and building regulations.
• Knowledge of the lifespan of construction components (civil building disciplines).
• Knowledge of construction component costs.
• Knowledge of construction component labour cost.
• Knowledge of construction tools cost.
• Annual inspection of structures to identify what must be changed, repaired or replaced as preventative maintenance actions against higher eventual cost.
• How to spread preventative maintenance actions out over time to minimize and even out costs for owners.
• How to plan ahead for the prescribed maintenance reserve fund annual levies, not to fall irreparably behind.
• How to decide what escalation formulas to use over a planning period of ten years.
• How to combine the operational cost financial entries and maintenance cost financial entries into one planning and monitoring cash flow projection document for ten years.
• Knowledge of interpretation of financial statements and balance sheets.
• Knowledge of technological improvements in the building industry.
• Knowledge of law requirements and changes thereto.
• Knowledge of spread sheet calculation models and the theory of finance.

It is clear that a combination of technical, mathematical, financial and a few other competencies will be needed. It is very seldom that one will find all the above skills and knowledge rolled up into one single person. However, one can contract knowledgeable persons in when needed. As time goes by experience and knowledge will also grow.

2.4 How to purchase the ten year maintenance plan training manual:

Buy this training guide through the secure servers of PayPal for $91.00 with your credit/debit card by clicking the image below. On 2018-10-19 the currency conversion rate was 1 USD = 14,47 ZAR. Therefore $91.00 USD x 14,47 = ZAR 1316,53.

Buy through the secure servers of PayPal for $91.00 by clicking the buy button below:


PayPal buy button


If prior approval for this transaction is needed, just send me an email, requesting a quote and provide the details to whom it must be addressed, with the product name. Receive everything in your mail box within two respite days together with an invoice. Buyers of this product will also get updates free for one year.

3. Maintenance guideline advice on maintenance lifespan/life cycle replacement/renovation:

Economical replacement point in time: When the cost of repairing a capital item is more than 50% of the new replacement cost, it is better to replace it (rule of thumb).

Building weak spots: When it comes to building construction components like cemented bricks, paving and concrete, it is normally renovated, as the lifespan can go far beyond 100 years. Gutters, roof covering and roof structures can be another thing, depending on the material and previous preventative maintenance actions. Water leaks can make wooden beams, rafters and purlins to rot. It can also make ceilings to soften, discolour and sag, cause steel to rust and fungi to grow on all types of material. Fungi growth is a real high health risk. Weather conditions can thus create the need for premature renovations to building structures. Falling objects can damage ceramic floor tiles.

Older housing buildings in coastal areas present own unique maintenance problems, as well as buildings still having asbestos cladding or roofing.

High priority and risk: For most residential complexes landscaping and security are high priorities. Landscaping and gardening for aesthetic reasons and security because of the high crime rate. In the case of retirement villages, health and medical facilities and medical equipment may also be classified here, depending on nearness and dependability of such outside facilities. Depending on importance it may be better to budget an amount than to be surprised by unexpected premature failure. If premature failure does not occur, the available budget can always be used for other expenses or to make a bank account stronger. Technological advances can render high priority equipment sooner as out-dated.

Differentiation between small and major: The differentiating figure to decide what must be regarded as Small repairs and replacements versus Major repairs and replacements is an arbitrary figure. The lower the differentiation figure, the more items and amounts will shift over to the ten year maintenance plan. All administrative amounts, including small repairs and replacements plus the reserve fund budget will form the complete budget for a new year.

The following can be applied to a complex of 450 units, which can be regarded as relatively big. In other cases of smaller complexes, the division of cost between Administrative Fund and the ten year maintenance plan may differ.

Small for 450 units:
Lifespan if cost replacement for an individual item or job is below R 20 000.00 for Administrative Fund Budget:
• Electronic devices and equipment – 3 years
• Electric machinery, devices & equipment – 5 years
• Gardening machinery, equipment & tools – 5 years
• Security machinery, devices & equipment – 3 years
• Interior office & room furniture – 12 years
• Vehicles like bicycles, scooters, ride-on lawnmowers, motorbikes & golf carts – 10 years
• Tar roads (potholes) – 20 years (depending on underneath compacting material and soil deficiencies)
• Paved roads (sagging) – 20 years (depending on underneath compacting material and soil deficiencies)
• Cement repairs, painting & varnishing – 7 years
• Smaller building construction renovation (other than paint) – 30 years
• Steel construction renovations – 10 years

If replacement cost is above R 3000.00, always consider repairs according to the 50% rule when failure occurs, as it can help to reduce actual expenses against budgeted figures.

Major for 450 units:
Lifespan if cost replacement for an individual item or job is higher than R 20 000.00 for ten year maintenance plan:
• Electronic devices and equipment – 5 years
• Electric machinery, devices & equipment – 7 years
• Gardening machinery, equipment & tools – 7 years
• Security machinery, devices & equipment – 5 years
• Interior office & room furniture – 20 years
• Vehicles like LUV’s, cars, trucks, ride-on lawnmowers, motorbikes & golf carts – 12 years
• Tar roads (potholes) – 20 years (depending on underneath compacting material and soil deficiencies)
• Paved roads (sagging) – 20 years (depending on underneath compacting material and soil deficiencies)
• Cement repairs, painting & varnishing – 7 years
• Major building construction renovations (other than paint) – 30 years
• Steel construction renovations – 10 years

Always consider repairs according to the 50% rule when failure occurs, as it can help to reduce actual expenses against budgeted figures.

The bigger a complex the higher the differentiating figure can become. What may be big for a complex with 10 residential units may become small change for a bigger complex with more units. For instance, R 3000.00 for one household may be regarded as big, but small for a complex of 50 units.

The lifespan indicators above can be broken up further for individualised items and its lifespan adjusted according to own experience with it. In other words, it can be fine-tuned.

One gets sophisticated computerised systems for calculating economic replacement point in time for vehicles and other equipment. All running and maintenance costs must then be separately and individually captured according to cost codes. These systems are, however, only viable for big vehicle fleets and big quantities of the same type of equipment.

4. The purpose with the ten year maintenance reserve fund:

The sole purpose with the reserve fund is to provide for all unforeseen and unexpected expenses, not budgeted for and not covered by levies, whether it is administrative or maintenance.

The reserve fund budget must be calculated on the Administrative Fund total budget only. It must also be used to pay for the major items in the ten year plan. Furthermore the ten year plan is not part of the Administrative Fund Budget.

The first due date for filing the plan with the Community Schemes Ombud Service (CSOS) was January 2017.


Ten year maintenance plan footer image

Find free gifts here:

Herbal remedies header image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 18, 2018

Why capitalistic systems can fail

Why capitalistic systems can fail.

Repeat of article posted in beginning of 2015.

The Utopian capitalistic systems are in a crisis. How can it be?

Why are capitalistic systems now faltering after all the years of success in democratic Western cultured countries? If economists analyse the economic problems encountered in Western Europe over the last couple of years, what reasons do they come up with? What are the core mistakes or flaws?

Worldwide unemployment debt crisis image

Unsound decision making: For a private company to break even, total income must at least be equal to total cost. The law of productivity is that for productivity to be positive (more than a ratio of 1), total income must be more than total cost.

Although not measurable, it implies that the impact of labour on income (like all other cost categories), must also be more than the total cost of labour to company. If this principle can be broken down for each employee, it also implies that the CEO of a company must have a positive effect on profits (meaning his/her impact on total income must be more than his/her total cost to company).

The same view should be held about the remuneration of a Minister and Director of a Government department.

Now, if a private company has used up capital reserves and keeps on spending more than income, it will go bankrupt relatively fast, not so? If the Government of a country keeps on spending more than its income, it can print more money, borrow more in some or other form or simply raise taxes in many ways; but if it goes on for too long, it can drive a country into bankruptcy. The underlying reasons for the problem under discussion probably can be found in both the private and public sectors, but which one is the biggest culprit?

In the private sector we measure productivity of operations, processes, machinery & equipment in sophisticated manners. We call it productivity of cost of capital outlay and measure it in terms of payback period, return on investment (ROI) and net present value (NPV), to help us make wise economic and profitable decisions.

However, when it comes to measuring the productivity of human talent (capital), we are suddenly out of options, at a loss for words so to speak. The only remote and known measurement method we can use to encourage higher productivity in humans is by means of a performance management system. A proper performance management system can also regularly show up pockets of idleness and over-employment. To what extent do Governments use these methods?

The true basis of capitalism: The purest form of capitalism requires that a Government be as small as possible. It must be lean and mean (small, efficient and effective, with minimum taxes) so that private enterprise can flourish to create needed employment opportunities under conditions of free competition, with minimal distortions. These distortions usually start when stupid decisions are made by ruling political parties to entice more votes for an upcoming election process.

Governments moved away too far from true capitalism: It seems that ruling Governments have been allowed to become bloated and grow out of proportion, as if they wanted to create Kingdoms for themselves, enhancing individual positions to that of fat cats, instead of trying to fulfill the role of servants to their countries. They have slowly encroached as dictatorships, disguised under the umbrella of democracy. On the other hand, banks in the private sector have led Governments by the nose for too long.

Pertinent questions: If the above statements, assumptions and theories are found to be sound and true, or only partially true, one can begin to ask further questions about Governments, like:

1. Have they constantly ignored the advice of brilliant Economists in their countries?

2. Do they still chase the goal of minimum taxes?

3. Do they make use of a proper performance management system?

4. What methods do they apply for sound decision making?

5. Why have citizens allowed their Governments to grow out of proportion?

Future outlook: Some Economists are predicting that it will take Western European countries and the USA at least 30 years to recover from their present debt crisis. It is a pity to find the USA in the same boat, as we need them in the battle of expanding democracy on the worldwide political playing field.

For those who still live in a dream world, thinking nothing can go wrong with capitalistic systems, see further opinions on these pages:









Conclusion: If the present situation are not regarded as a cruel wake-up call by the citizens of the countries in crisis, all the utopian visions and improved political systems developed over centuries, may turn out to have been in vain. Surely these Government have let them down in a big way.

What is wrong with capitalism nowadays?

Governments have created economically sick countries.

Article posted in beginning of 2015.

What is wrong with capitalistic systems in western cultured countries today? Capitalism started out great a few decades ago and brought about enormous economic growth, prosperity and development. Then gradually, over the past ten to fifteen years or so, the blooming apple started to turn sour. What are the reasons for this turnabout for the negative?

1. What we know is that Governments have become too big in employee numbers, salary and benefits increases and ambitious expansions of infrastructures. In short, Government expenditures have outgrown optimum levels. Governments have strived to become powerhouses like Kingdoms, with bloated kings and princes in charge.

2. They have forgotten the golden rule of capitalism, which is to keep taxes as low as possible to stimulate free enterprise activities and growth in the private sector. That is how job creation takes place.

3. Higher Government expenses must be financed with higher taxes in some or other form, so they start to tax individuals and businesses to a standstill. Add to that huge amounts of theft of public funds through corruption by Government officials and you have a surefire way of creating a fast rolling wall of economic recession or even depression!

Bloating Government Kingdoms image

This is what Robbie Plugh from http://www.techno-twerp.com/ wrote several years ago:

“America is in deep trouble. Dead broke in fact. If America were a listed company, the plug would have been pulled long ago. The receivers would have checked out the books, pronounced the company dead and called time.

Like a family whose expenditures exceed income and then makes up the difference by borrowing on credit cards, the US government`s own deficit spending is largely financed by Asian central banks, notably China and Japan.

Did you know that just twenty years ago America was the largest creditor nation the world had ever known? Now it lays claim to being the largest ever debtor nation. After years of spending like a drunken sailor, America’s net foreign debt now approaches a staggering three trillion dollars.

Under the Bush administration the deterioration has been particularly rapid. Soaring government expenditures, greatly boosted by the Iraq war, tax give-aways, homeland security, all further undermine the financial well-being of the country.

Now you won’t hear much talk of this from government spokesman, nor from much of the sold-out mainstream press and business media. You certainly won’t hear it from the hucksters on Wall Street. To listen to them you would be forgiven for believing all is hunky-dory. They have managed to stage a mock recovery in the stock market and even pulled the dollar back a tad from recent heavy falls.

But, believe me, this is a smokescreen, a scam, much like the tale of the emperor’s clothes. A great nation brought to its knees while its politicians look on, seemingly helpless.

Alas, it gets worse. You see, five separate events are gathering strength and, like a perfect storm, will soon converge, causing massive economic turmoil. All of which leads inexorably to a major economic downturn

EVENT #1 – The “Twin Deficits” – the US Trade and Federal Budgets – spin mind-numbingly out of control and long-ago surpassed all records. To finance these deficits, the government relentlessly continues borrowing. Throughout history all great empires have collapsed, not at the hands of their enemies, but from within. They all went broke. It appears a tall task for America to avoid a similar fate.

EVENT #2 – A Dollar Collapse. Desperate for money the government turns to the printing press. The dollar bills get churned out, inflation takes hold, interest rates soar. No longer do the financial markets dissect the weekly money-supply figures. But the foreigners do. You can bet your boots alarm bells are ringing. They will stop lending, they will stop investing in US assets. The dollar has been dropping in the currency markets for three years now. It will continue. The dollar is doomed.

EVENT #3 – Housing Bubble Finally Bursts. For some years easy money brought a runaway jump in prices to near ludicrous levels. But times-they-are-a-changing. Mortgage arrears grow, as do foreclosures. Across the nation prices are weakening. Higher interest rates bring increased mortgage repayments, causing further foreclosures. Prices decline more, bringing with it the dreaded “mortgage deficit” – the mortgage exceeds the house values. This brings on more home sales. And so it continues.

EVENT #4 – Job Losses Pile Up. As our glorious “Captains of Industry” close or down-size plants throughout America, lured by slave labor in China, massive lay-offs ensue. The government loudly boasts new jobs are being found. Yeah, right. A once well-paid factory job replaced with a low-paid job at a Walmart store near you or at Pizza Hut. Economists call this the “employment gap” which simply results in less disposable income. In turn, company profits decline, more lay-offs … an endless cycle.

EVENT #5 – Stock Market Crash! Despite the best efforts of Wall Street’s finest to persuade you otherwise, the stock market is in trouble, there is no way back. With all the other events in play the market is poised to collapse. We shall be witnessing the mother of all crashes.

So what in the blazes can you do to protect yourself? In the second part of this article, I recommend five steps you should follow. In the meantime I would like to very briefly share one thought with you that will be greatly expanded upon in a next article: Vitally, get a second income. Work for yourself. If your job disappears at least you have a safety net. If this means working all the spare time given you, tough! What you do is your decision. Just make sure you are equipped to make it successful. The favored way must be to start an online business, probably the cheapest and simplest way to go. But do something. Get online and get your second income starting right now!

Worldwide debt crisis image


Click this image to see what is missing:

The missing knowledge link for most young employees and entrepreneurs image

Find more free gifts here:

Herbal remedies header image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 13, 2018

How to lose weight naturally

How to lose weight naturally header imager

How to lose weight naturally

How to lose weight naturally with bonuses and conquer the worldwide overweight problem for self-preservation.

Natural weight loss benefits:

  1. Stop Weight Gain and Lose Inches Fast!
  2. Finally… A Real Cure for Obesity!
  3. No medication! No bogus cures!
  4. No diuretics, fad diets or food deprivation.
  5. No killing yourself exercising for months on end only to find out you have not lost one single pound!
  6. None of you have gained it all back in half the time it took you to lose it.

Are you sick to death of being lied to by the weight loss industry and sick of being sold products and devices that may even harm your health?

ARE YOU READY FOR PERMANENT WEIGHT LOSS? Try a permanent revolutionary lifestyle change. Losing Weight Nature’s Way or Natural Weight Loss.

Dear Reader,

It is widely recognized that the population of most developed Western countries is getting fatter, and we are not talking about a gradual increase here. The number of people who are seriously overweight or clinically obese is exploding all over the Western world, and as you will see, this is no exaggeration.

Data from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) which indicates that by the end of 2004, around two thirds of adults in the USA were officially overweight, and nearly one third were clinically obese. And the situation has already deteriorated significantly since then, so we really do have a global crisis on our hands.

If you are seriously overweight or obese, I would like to congratulate you for grabbing your copy of ‘Losing Weight Nature’s Way’ because this one simple act represents a significant step forward. It means that you have decided to do something about your weight problem, and the decision to do so without the support of medication indicates a deep need to change yourself for the better.

Not so healthy looking ladies image

Does this sound like your life?

  • You used to be as thin as a rake, but now if you even look at food you seem to gain ten pounds automatically.
  • You wear clothes that look like sacks in order to disguise your growing girth.
  • You avoid flying or sitting on buses because you have gotten so huge, and you don’t want to make other people feel uncomfortable.
  • You have tried all kinds of herbal remedies, but all they did was make you feel sick, speedy, bitchy or tired.
  • You never go swimming because you look too flabby in a bathing suit.
  • You feel depressed about your looks, which makes you eat more than you should.
  • You tried a high protein diet only to find that your energy wanes to the extent that you can barely think.
  • You tried an all vegetarian diet only to find that you gained weight instead!
  • You tried eating in the “Zone”, but zoned out energy-wise when it came to cooking all those special meals.
  • You tried Weight Watchers, but found yourself gaining weight again the minute you got off of it.
  • You tried a low carb diet only to find that you became horribly constipated and felt intoxicated.
  • You tried herbal teas but they made you feel jittery and dehydrated.
  • You have tried weight loss pills, but your family and friends told you to stop because your personality suddenly had all the charm of a raging crack addict.
  • You tried detoxifying your colon only to experience days and days of the worst headaches you have ever had in your life.
  • You feel ashamed because you sense others are making fun of you behind your back.
  • You have tried working out, but after each session you feel even hungrier.
  • You have not had sex or a date in ages because you are so embarrassed about the way you look naked.
  • Your weight is causing you incredible social anxiety to the extent that you do not go out much anymore.
  • Your doctor has told you it is time for you to do something about your weight but you don’t know where to even start!

Feel just as healthy as bodybuilders image

These psychological and physical sensations that are associated with being fat are all too common, but the truth is that you don’t have to just give in and expect that you will be morbidly obese!

  • In my new eBook I tell you how to cure obesity.
  • You do not have to spend hundreds of dollars.
  • You do not have to starve yourself.
  • You do not have to alter your body chemistry.
  • You do not have to exercise until you drop exhausted on the floor.
  • In fact you can change all of this simply by changing your lifestyle.

All you have to do is follow the suggestions in my eBook “Losing Weight Nature’s Way” and you will soon be your old happy, healthy and self again!

You are probably as skeptical as hell reading all of the above, because usually by the time people come around to reading these pages, they have already tried just about everything in the world to try and lose weight.

In fact that was how this book even came to be. I was once very jaded like you.

I thought I was always doomed to be fat and that I would always be stuck in the Plus Size section of Wal-Mart looking at potato sacks for women marked 2X, 3X or even 4X.

At my heaviest I could not see my feet, and I had trouble leaning over to tie my shoes.

When I bent over, the folds of fat in my midriff dug into my rib cage and made it hard to breathe.

I also sweated like crazy, in every crease in my body where there was a fold of fat. Quite frankly, I always smelled because of the sweat caught in the folds of my skin.

Once, I fell down in the bathtub, and to my incredible embarrassment I could not get up again. I had to call down to my kids for help so I could even stand up.

Even my feet gained weight. Once a size seven, I was suddenly a size nine. My ankles were swollen, and when I went to buy nylons they hung midway down my thighs like a baseball back catcher’s net because my thighs were too fat to pull the stockings all the way up.

Soon I was huffing and puffing my way up the stairs, and rolling out of bed instead of sitting up first and putting my feet on the floor. I literally became Roly-Poly.

All of this got so bad that I was at the point where I was being given prescription drugs by my doctor in order to keep my weight down.

Not only were these prescriptions expensive but they were disgusting. One weight loss drug had a side effect called “anal leakage”. That’s right. Anal leakage. Don’t ask.

Yet another was an antidepressant that left me so disassociated from reality that I went on shopping sprees, giggled all day like an idiot and lost an important opportunity at work because I just was not focusing on pertinent matters like I should.

Yet another helpful prescription medication was just speed. I might as well have gone out on the street and bought some cocaine. Or taken extra hits of an anti-histamine combined with several cups of coffee. I simply felt sick all the time.

Finally I just took to my bed and stayed there. I watched television all day and ate and ate and ate.

Then one evening I found myself watching that old movie with Johnny Depp in it –“Whatever Happened to Gilbert Grape?”

I don’t know how many of you happened to catch this flick, but in it an obese woman dies upstairs in her bed and her corpse is too heavy for her children to carry it out of the house. Not knowing what else to do, they burn down the house and cremate her body inside. This movie made me cry.

That is when it hit me. ‘I really have to do something about my weight problem before I end up like the mother in “Whatever Happened to Gilbert Grape?”’

The result is that I got up off the couch and started taking a walk around the block to the library every day. While I was there I did a little research about natural weight loss.

I then went on the internet, travelled to health and new age seminars, and talked to nutritionists and exercise experts, to see what the best ways were to lose weight naturally.

As I went to great lengths to change my lifestyle, so the pounds peeled off as well. All of them told me the same thing.

“Natural and Healthy Weight Loss Does Not Happen Overnight!” Before the year was over I had made my goal weight of 160 pounds. I had lost 112 pounds in total.

Natural weight loss:

How to lose weight naturally eguide ecover

Do You Want to Peel Those Pounds Off This Year?

  • Without Medication?
  • Without Side Effects?
  • Without Dieting or Spending a Ton of Money on Supplements, Drugs or Strange Weight Loss Gimmicks!

Losing Weight Nature’s Way is Your Answer. Have faith. Inside this eBook are the most powerful techniques that I could find anywhere for eliminating excess weight without the use of medication.

You don’t need to use medications or alternative therapies. You will not have to spend any more money on expensive therapist or doctor visits.

By practicing my technique –

  • Your pounds will disappear.
  • Your confidence will escalate.
  • And best of all – your weight loss will last forever!
  • Whether you are at home or at work it just takes seconds for you to implement this program.
  • You can perform this technique whenever or wherever you happen to be whether you are work, at the mall or socializing with friends.

In Losing Weight Nature’s Way, you will learn –

  • How to prevent yourself from becoming just another burden and statistic overloading America’s already stressed health system, by taking just a few steps towards improving your general health
  • How to know if you are truly obese
  • How weight loss works physically inside your body so you understand the processes it must go through for you to accomplish your goal
  • How much energy you really need to get through your day, and what amount of food that represents for you to stay healthy yet slim
  • The difference between gaining weight and gaining muscle
  • The relationship between weight gain and hibernation leading to social isolation
  • The relationship between weight gain and refined foods
  • The benefits of regular exercise combined with sensible eating to lose pounds
  • Which kinds of exercise are best for losing weight
  • How to exercise using no equipment at all and still lose weight
  • How keeping a fat loss journal can help you lose weight
  • How to figure out the net calories that you burn very day
  • How to find daily opportunities to exercise in your regular routines
  • The importance that water plays in weight loss, and how much water you need to drink a day to actually get the weight off of you
  • The importance of eating vegetables to accomplish your natural weight loss goals
  • The importance of eating more fruit to lose weight
  • What are negative calorie foods
  • The role that Green Tea can play in weight loss
  • The role that Acai Berries can pay in weight loss
  • How to use Yerba Mate and incorporate it into your diet plan
  • How to shed pounds using apple cider vinegar
  • How to chew your food properly
  • A comprehensive list of foods that are good for you to eat and that are enjoyable
  • You Will Feel Like Your Old Self Again

Most people who suffer from weight gain mourn the fact that they never feel how they used to. Once you put my techniques to work for you, the first thing you will feel after a few weeks is a sense of well being that you have not felt in a long time.

Losing Weight Nature’s Way is not just about losing weight. It is about a change of lifestyle and feeling better.

Think of this book as a one stop shop and super self-help tool that can help you achieve permanent weight loss. Why Don’t Doctors Tell You The Secrets to Weight Loss I Reveal? It is a pretty universal experience for an obese person to go to a doctor and then be told the same exercise and dieting techniques that you have tried all of these months.

This is because many doctors are actually given a bonus to give you a prescription.

Doctors know that people nowadays want that immediate gratification and they want to get rid of you and your complaint, so they will advice quickie solutions to your problem.

If you visit a doctor, you are almost always going to walk out of that office with a prescription for medication – simply because they are short on time and believe it to be the fastest solution to your weight loss problems.

In essence, your doctor is humoring you because they know you will probably not stick to a diet or a program of exercise.

Don’t take drugs! Instead, learn exactly how a weight gain fuels and generates itself.

Discover how to stop those self-sabotaging behaviors that have been costing you weight gain! Once you extinguish the fuel that powers weight gain, you eliminate its chances of happening again. This is the key to INSTANT WEIGHT LOSS. You Must Make the First Move. This course is not going to cost you a lot of effort. Changes happen immediately when you start my program. An internal cognitive shift happens when you make the effort to change your lifestyle.

Not only will you experience a major psychological breakthrough, but you will also learn exercises that release calm into your body. You will learn to eat foods that calm you. By the time you are done, you will be left feeling confident and like your former self.

Do You Want to Experience All of This for Yourself At No Risk? All you have to do is download the eBook with the advice in it to your computer right now. You will learn the exact technique that has worked for others to help them lose weight in a happy and healthy way.

Important Update: Many people have written to tell me about the thousands of dollars that they have blown on therapists, special teas and even Vitamin B shots – when in the end all they needed was this book “Losing Weight Nature’s Way”. To give you the incentive towards making that first move towards healing before this offer expires: I am slashing the price from $59.99 to $29.99 for all who land on this page. This is a huge saving of 50%.

The Fifty Six Day Risk Free Guarantee! YOU HAVE NOTHING TO LOSE. You have 8 weeks to work with this system. If you are not impressed, just email me and you will get all of your money back. All of it!

YES! I AM READY TO Lose Weight Nature’s Way! Start losing weight and feeling better tomorrow! There are no shipping costs as the Book is an instant download.

Your cost is only $29.99. After you order you will get instant access to my e-book. There is no wait for shipping and you can get the information that you need seconds from now.

You can order this book at ABSOLUTELY NO RISK.

If you are not completely satisfied with this information product your money will be refunded to you. No questions asked. What have you got to lose? 56 Day Money Back Guarantee. Try it risk free today! If you purchase today, your purchase is 100% guaranteed. If after reading the eBook, you aren’t able to lose weight naturally, just ask and I’ll be glad to give you a full refund. All purchases may be refunded within 56 days of purchase, meaning that if you think your new eBook isn’t as good as I claim, you’ll get every cent you paid back.

If the suggestions put forth in this report doesn’t naturally make you lose weight and give you a fresh start, I’ll refund 100% of your purchase price, no questions asked. Why am I taking all the risk on myself? Because I believe in the methods that I have written about in Lose Weight Nature’s Way.

  • I believe they work.
  • I KNOW they work – I have tried them all.
  • I believe in the results I’ve gotten for thousands of people suffering the full range of problems with obesity, and because of that I believe that this method will work for you.
  • Yes! I’m ready to get rid of my problem!
  • I understand that by placing my secure order today, I will be getting instant access to this powerful eBook.
  • I’ll have immediate access to the same techniques that have been proven effective.
  • I know that this eBook is 100% legitimate, 100% legal, and 100% what I need to learn right now.
  • You’ve made it a very easy decision with your 100% iron-clad money back guarantee and I’m ready to start right now, so I’m clicking the secure order button below.
  • Save Your Pocket, Save Your Life Now For Only $29.99! Included in the price is also this complimentary product below:

Exercise your body type (63 pages):

Exercise your body type eguide ecover

The selling price is made up as follows: $15.00 for “Natural weight loss” plus $14.99 for “Exercise your body type”, bringing it to a total of $29.99 for the two e-guides displayed above, plus all the bonuses below.

Is this not something too aspire for! I mean, to feel just as healthy as the two ladies below seem to be:

Two healthy looking ladies image

Pay only $29.99 and see how you can lose weight:

PayPal buy button

Bonus #1: Losing weight without starving yourself (61 pages):

Losing weight without starving yourself eguide ecover

Bonus #2: Helping teenagers lose weight (31 pages):

Helping teenagers lose weight eguide ecover

Bonus #3:  Childhood obesity (55 pages):

Childhood obesity eguide ecover

Bonus #4: Chinese herbs as the modern counteractant (22 pages):

Chinese herbs as modern counteractant eguide ecover

Table of contents:

1. A general synopsis to Chinese herbs:

  • Early evidences of Chinese herbalism;
  • History of traditional Chinese medicine and its expansion;
  • Development in Chinese herbalism

2. Treatment of disease:

  • Constipation;
  • Diabetes;
  • Cancer;
  • Acne: i. Toxic-heat; ii. Phlegm-accumulation; iii. Blood heat type
  • Depression;
  • Intestinal parasites;
  • Arthritis

3. How to reduce weight:

  • Chinese herbs tea

4. Chinese herbs and side effects

5. Conclusion

Bonus #5:  Losing weight the healthy way (52 pages):

Losing weight the healthy way eguide ecover

Bonus #6: Buyers can resell all of the products listed above except for the last one.

Buyers can resell six of the seven e-guides displayed above, except bonus #5, which has giveaway rights. All seven of these e-guides are backed by scientific research findings.

Pay only $29.99 and see how you can lose weight:

PayPal buy buttonWeight loss made easy footer image

Worried overweight South African citizens can also get great help from this website: https://csnutritional.com/csn/

Find free gifts here:

Herbal remedies header image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 12, 2018

How to save money in times of recession

101 Ways to stop the money leak header image

How to save money in times of economic recession.

101 Ways to stop the money leak, written by Allan Wilson:

101 Ways to stop the money leak eguide ecover

Discover 101 Easy To Implement Money Saving Tips!

Question: Do you feel like you’ve got a hole in your pocket when it comes to money?

It’s not easy is it?

I’m actually reminded of a verse in the Bible that says… “He that earneth wages earneth wages to put it into a bag with holes.” [Haggai 1:6] And this one… “for riches certainly make themselves wings; they fly away as an eagle toward heaven” [Proverbs 23:5]

Now this isn’t a Bible lesson, but it goes to show that the struggle to save money is an age old problem.

Another Question: Are you making the same mistake as almost everyone else when it comes to money? What’s that mistake? Most people concentrate ONLY on how much money they can make and ignore how much money they can save! …

I want to tell you a story: Imagine having huge water pot. Each morning you fill that water pot to the brim with lovely refreshing clean water, however you don’t realise that the water pot has numerous leaks in it. What happens? Of course, during the day that water pot slowly runs empty because of all of the leaks. You come home from work dying of thirst and you go to your precious water pot and it’s dry.

Sadly this is what we do with our money too. Unless we find ways to save it our financial life resembles very much that of the water pot. Unless we plug the leaks there will come a day when we need to buy something but the money pot will be dry.

It all starts with plugging the biggest leaks first. Plug just one big leak and that will keep the water and money pot fuller for longer. Manage to plug a few other leaks and your money pot will not be empty when you need it most.

Now You Can Tap Into 101 Fantastic Ways To Stop The Money Leak! 101 Ways to STOP the Money Leaks from Allan Wilson.

Do You Really Want To Save Money? Let me show you 101 easy to implement ways you can start plugging all of the money leaks immediately.

Not only will I reveal all of these fantastic money saving tips to you I will also show you where you can save money from a wide variety of sources.I also want to point out that I’m not talking about becoming a scrooge either. These are all painless money saving tips that you can easily implement without restricting your fun lifestyle.So I don’t want you to become a tight-wad just someone who by being smart can save money while still living a normal life.

You will see money saving ideas for just about every aspect of living: From everyday house hold items and chores, holidays, gift ideas, dining out, phone costs, entertaining, health care & lot’s lot’s more…

In fact you could be saving as much as $600.00 a year from just one of these money saving tips.

What if you applied them all?

Click here to start saving money now. Look, it’s so easy you’ll kick yourself if you’re not doing it.

There’s no useless filler in this e-book either. As always I dive straight into the nitty-gritty money saving details in a brief easy to read format. You don’t have to worry about losing the hidden gems of wisdom among pages of useless waffle!

But let me tell you something: If you implement just some of the money saving tips mentioned in this 52 page manual you WILL without any shadow of doubt save tremendous amounts of money. And that my friend is a promise!

Bonus #1: Order today & you’ll receive bonuses to the value of $97.00 absolutely FREE. If you order 101 Ways To Stop The Money Leak! today, then I’m going to GIVE you a 100% Royalty – Free MASTER REPRINT RIGHTS LICENSE to the course.

That’s right, you can sell this incredible course (and authorize others to do the same!) and keep 100% of the profits for yourself.

As soon as your order is placed & processed you will have access to the PDF e-book, and to a Ready Made Sales Page like this one.

You Can’t Lose With My 100% NO Risk Guarantee.

All this for only $10.00

Pay only $10.00 and see how you can score:

PayPal buy button

How to save money in bad times bundle

GUARANTEE: If 101 Ways To Stop The Money Leak! isn’t everything that I say it is and you’re not completely satisfied with it, then I will refund your money with no questions asked.


Bonus #2: 15 Top ways to save money, with Giveaway Rights.

15 Top ways to save money eguide ecover

Bonus #3: 15 Home business ideas you can start on a shoestring budget, with Master Resell Rights.

15 Home business ideas eguide ecover

Bonus #4: The debt beater system, with Master Resell Rights.

The debt beater system eguide ecover


Bonus #5: How to prosper during bad times, with resell rights:

How to prosper during bad times e-guide e-cover


How to prosper during bad times – discover different ways to make money during recession and stagnation.

Why bad times can be the best times to invest!

Many people often associate economic downturn with lack or absence of opportunities. “It’s simply impossible to make money much less to prosper during an economic recession or depression.”

This is absolutely not true. Because the truth is, economic recessions or its uglier cousin, economic depressions, are just the perfect opportunities that anyone with vision can take advantage of to become not just rich – but filthy rich!

For the record no less than America’s second richest person alive, Warren Buffet whose personal fortune reached a dizzying $48 billion before he decided to give back to the society $31 billion can attest to this.

Warren Buffet built his massive fortune buying businesses and properties that most people had given up as lost. To many businessmen, he is the great rescuer who bailed them out of their economic miseries.

But of course Warren Buffet saw more than rescuing them out of their economic woes. If he sees no value or potential in their businesses, he sees no reason to buy them. But what exactly does he know that ordinary mortals don’t usually know about economic downturns? First and foremost, economic downturns don’t last. During bad times, prophets of doom would say the worst things about the economy. Of course things are bad. But they only remain bad to a certain point. This is because of the thing called Economic cycle.

Economic cycles are periods in history of booms and busts. Economic cycles are the hallmarks of laissez-faire system. Economic cycles behave just like the seasons. And just like the seasons, the climate always changes. And just like the seasons you can predict a downturn or an upturn.

What happened just after just the turn of 20th century was a classic example of an economic boom suddenly gone bust. In the roaring 20’s people thought that there was no stopping to the prosperous times. Until one day, people started dumping stocks at such a frenzy that it sent the whole world in probably the worst economic depression in history.

By all means the signs of a coming collapse were present. Stocks were at all-time high. In fact unreasonably high. And people were living beyond their means.
The same thing happened again with the housing market in 2007. Just a couple of years ago, the sense of affluence was everywhere with home values skyrocketing.
Because of the high cost of home ownership many Americans were forced to borrow beyond their means. The result was a credit crisis that sent the world reeling again in another round of recession.

So the question now is if we could predict an economic downturn, could we also predict an economic upturn?

The answer is yes.

If you religiously watch CNBC or read CNNmoney.com, you’d find that home prices had already gone low enough to attract the buyers back.

But how low it could get is the question. Prospective home buyers are still in the side-lines waiting for better bargains. The question this time is when will they decide that the price is already right enough to make them buy?

The following articles in this E-guide, will open your eyes to the realities of economic cycles and the opportunities that you can take advantage of for your personal economic growth.

Table of contents for “How to prosper during bad times”:

  • Foreword.
  • How to successfully navigate your business through an economic downturn.
  • Understanding the mortgage meltdown; what happened and who’s to blame?
  • Superior leader – Warren Buffet.
  • Invest in yourself – your career, future income stream, education and training.
  • Economic recession strategy – how to keep your business alive during economic recession.
  • How to recession proof your job: ten job secrets for career success!
  • Recession proof your business – get bigger profits.
  • 3 Foolproof ways to soar through a recession.
  • World recession now inevitable – assume the crash position!
  • Recessions don’t last forever!
  • Investing in a slow market? It’s all a case of demand and supply!
  • Why Buffett’s investment strategy won’t work for Buffett anymore – but for you it will still work!

Bonus #6: 235 Graphics to make Fathers Day, Mothers Day, Valentines Day and Christmas Day E-cards on your PC or device, with Master Resell Rights.

235 Graphics to make E-cards image

Pay only $10.00 and see how you can score:

PayPal buy button

How to save money in bad times bundle

15 Top ways to save money footer image

Find free gifts here:

Herbal remedies header image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 6, 2018

Super foods for super health 6 free e-guides

Super food for super health header image

Super foods for super health 6 free e-guides

Super food for super health header image

These days, more and more attention is being paid to what we eat. Research from around the world has defined a new category of food, food that does more than just satiate our hunger. These new foods, deemed Super Foods, have been found to help us think more clearly, reduce our risk of many diseases, aid in natural weight loss, and even reverse the signs of aging.

This report gives you an overview of what Super foods are and what they can do for you.

Table of Contents (50 pages):
What is Super food?
The Most Common and Easily Accessible Super foods (24 types)
Appendix A

You’ll find out why the old wives tale “An apple a day keeps the doctor away,” has been verified to be true.

Thought to be a caloric sin and a mouth watering indulgence, chocolate has now been found to do more for you than just titillate your taste buds.

Pumpkins are good for more than just decorating your doorstep at Halloween. They’re chocked full of all kinds of nutrients, in addition to pumpkins seeds.

Some foods can reduce your risk of:

breast and prostate cancer
cardiovascular disease
respiratory disease
brain disorders such as Alzheimer’s
several other forms of cancer including lung, cervical and pancreatic cancer

Some foods can even reverse some ailments such as:

memory loss
poor digestion
tooth decay
high cholesterol

All in all, there are two dozen foods, that promote your overall good health, examined in this report. You may be surprised by some of the items that are good for you.

Free to download the PDF file by clicking here.

Here is another free to download E-guide, titled “Super foods to improve 42 internal body functions naturally”.

Super foods improving 42 body functions eguide ecover

Super foods to improve 42 internal body functions naturally:

Table of contents (48 pages):

1 – You Really Are What You Eat
2 – Prevention is Worth a Pound of Cure
3 – Colour Your Way to Daily Health
4 – Getting Your Nutrition from Real Food is a Good Habit for Life
5 – Super Foods for Super Weight Loss
6 – Flush the Fat with Smart Food Choices
7 – Super foods that Squash Stress
8 – Super foods for your Brain
9 – Super foods to Rejuvenate Body, Mind and Spirit
10 – Super foods that Help Heartburn
11 – Super foods to Stomp out a Cold
12 – Super foods for Fighting the Flu
13 – Super foods for Super Bones
14 – Super foods that have your Heart in Mind
15 – Super foods that Fight Cancer
16 – Super foods for Conquering the Pain of Arthritis
17 – Super foods to Fend of Alzheimer’s disease
18 – Super foods for a Super Long Life
19 – Super foods for Healthy Hair
20 – Super foods that Fight Depression
21 – Super foods for Super Sex
22 – Super foods to help you Manage Your Monthly Menstruation
23a – Super foods to Help You Manage Menopause
23b – Super foods for a Smooth Transition into Menopause
24 – Super foods for a Healthy Prostate
25 – Super foods for Erectile Dysfunction
26 – Super foods for Healthy and Natural Conception
27 – Super Strategies for Stamping Out Acne
28 – Super foods to Fight Flatulence
29 – Super foods that Battle the Herpes Virus
30 – Super foods for Hives Relief
31- Cranberries- The Super food to Stave Off Bladder Infections
32 – Super foods for Getting Over Food Poisoning
33 – Super foods to Alleviate the Symptoms of Gout
34 – Super foods for a Super Pregnancy
35 – Nutritional Hope for Schizophrenic Patients
36 – Super foods for Sinusitis Relief
37 – Super foods for Super Skin
38 – Super foods for Relief from Chronic Fatigue Syndrome
39 – Super foods for a Spiffy Circulatory System
40 – Super foods to Combat Cirrhosis of the Liver
41 – Super foods that get you Moving
42 – Super Solutions for Crohn’s Patients
43 – Super foods for a Superior Thyroid
44 – Jump for Joy and Juice!
45 – Organic Foods Equal Improved Health
46 – Raw Foods Diet is Beneficial to Your Health
47 – Hay Diet Treats Chemical Condition of the Body
48 – Water is our Body’s Lifeblood
49 – Macrobiotic Diet Helps Balance Your Diet and Your Life
50 – Healthy Diet Essentials

Free to download the PDF file by clicking here.

Be healthy with a healthy body and improve your education with a healthier mind at the same time! A healthy body breeds a healthy mind! Free to download the following E-guides:

How to use your mind for study:

How to use your mind for study eguide ecover

Learn the techniques straight A students are using every day to get an unfair advantage over you!

Table of Contents (63 pages):
Preface to the first edition
Chapter 1: Intellectual problems of the college freshman
Chapter 2: Note taking
Chapter 3: Brain action during study
Chapter 4: Formation of study habits
Chapter 5: Active imagination
Chapter 6: First aids to memory, impression
Chapter 7: Second aids to memory: retention, recall and recognition
Chapter 8: Concentration of attention
Chapter 9: How we reason
Chapter 10: Expression as an aid in study
Chapter 11: How to become interested in a subject
Chapter 12: The plateau of despondency
Chapter 13: Mental second wind
Chapter 14: Examinations
Chapter 15: Bodily conditions for effective study
Suggestions for further reading.

Click here for the free download.

Amazing study tips learning secrets:

Amazing study tips learning secrets eguide ecover

How to unleash your inner learning power.

Table of Contents (23 pages):
How to unleash your inner learning power
A step by step practical guide
How to unleash your inner learning power and to acquire new information from printed text, audio and video sources
Step 1: Answer the question
Step 2: Define your goal
Practical dreaming
Step 3: Read, listen, watch the entire information – book, lesson, article, essay, video, DVD… and enjoy it
Step 4: Repetition – Divide the information on small, digestible sections and read it again
Repetition continues
More about repetitions
Step 5: Act as per your goal
Important Information
About the Author

Click here for the free download.

Bonus extra free downloads just for visiting here.

Vastly increase your energy levels in 7 days:

Just click on the image below:


Increase energy in 4 days eguide ecover image

“Lessons from the miracle doctors”.

Just click on the image below:

Lessons from the miracle doctors E-guide ecover image


Move from an unhealthy to a healthy lifestyle image

Find more free gifts here:

Herbal remedies header image

Posted by: | Posted on: September 27, 2018

Backward decay of South Africa

Union buildings header

Backward decay of South Africa

All aspects of life in South Africa have deteriorated from that of a developing country to that of a third world country, over the past 24 years of rule under the ANC.

ZAR flag image

What path is the once beautiful and beloved country going to take? Somewhere better, or down the drain like some other African countries or down the drain like most South African Government Departments, from 1994 to 2018?

Here below is the ugly truth of farm murders in Limpopo province only:

Limpopo Province farm murders image

See this video of a tragic case of murder in South Africa, which is a daily occurrence:

Over a period of 24 years local government institutions like municipalities, have constantly failed in providing services and dismally failed in financial management and performance. Yet over this period nothing has been done by the ANC party to rectify the job requirements for municipal board members, who are supposed to act like board members in the private sector.

In 24 years of rule, the ANC could not identify and rectify the reasons for failure of service delivery by local municipalities. All that must be corrected is to impose qualification standards for councilors.

The ANC members like to boast about ESCOM performing so good that power cuts are no longer taking place, but in reality demand went down to below capacity, due to higher tariffs.

Unemployment is at the highest ever with more than 31% and a further 130 000 job losses for 2018 already by October 2018. When will the ANC ever start to improve it?

Was the ANC Indaba in Polokwane in 2007 a failure because of a wrong choice for President? One cannot expect more from someone who hasn’t seen the inside of a school!

Over the years the bail-out money wasted on the financial survival of the SA Airways could have provided houses for all shack dwellers in the country. The ANC is running more than 200 of these type of Government organisations, so, the question is: “What is the grand total of money wasted on Government controlled organisations?

Is there one single National, Provincial or Local Government Department, which out-performed its supposed goals or where no corruption took place?

Is there one single National, Provincial or Local Government Department, which is not overloaded with manpower?

Was there one single National, Provincial or Local Government Department, which strictly appointed employees on the basis of competency requirements and potential?

It seems that the ANC at one stage thought unemployment could be alleviated by creating unnecessary job titles in Government and State Owned Organisations.

In the recent Parliament debate on transformation of land ownership without compensation, most black speakers conveyed immaturity by allowing hatred toward whites to overshadow logical wisdom.

How can there ever be an ideal of a rainbow nation while the ANC is doing all it can to shoot themselves in the foot with low moral values?

When Minister Trevor Manual tried to install a Performance Management System for Government Organisations, he was ousted out of Government.

What positive outcomes were ever achieved by President Zuma? What image is conveyed when a President of a country declares that “Corruption is a strange Western thing”.

Education is for the birds – just be streetwise, like President Zuma and his inner circle cronies!

Animated cat on book image

How does the ANC as a party evaluate its success over more than 24 years? Why don’t they use more competent black persons, who are available but ignored?

What is there that can make any South African citizen proud (brimming with pride)?

Why is Julius Malema employing whites?

Why is it necessary for Parliamentary enquiry commissions to replace law enforcement duties of relevant Departments?

What was the true reason for installing the automatic electronic toll gate system in Gauteng, in addition to the existing toll gates? It reminds one of the notorious arms deal in the 90’s. The electronic toll system is receiving heavy resistance due to suspicions of corruption associated with it.

State capture and far murders diagram image

The ANC party definitely performed exceptionally well in increasing poverty and unemployment. They have not used the opportunity afforded them for more than 24 years to prove to the people of the country any form of improvement.

It is only through the ANC Government where an employee can go on permanent leave with full payment for months and years on end (they call it suspension).

It is only through the ANC Government where an employee found guilty of corruption, can be rewarded for it by promotion elsewhere.

The root causes for all failures remain around insufficient knowledge and insufficient competencies.

morality values image

Is the country still moving forward to 2019 under a leaderless ANC ruling party?

Superman image

Do we have the Superman, who can do the necessary cleanup, fast enough?

It is actually real easy to find training manuals for improvement, that is, if one has an interest in improvement. The following two free to download examples underscore this statement:

1. Competency development guide for managers, by the United Nations:

Competency development guide for managers by the United Nations ecover

2. Training manual on police integrity, by The Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces (DCAF):

Training manual on police integrity by The Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces (DCAF) ecover

Just click on the two images above to download the training manuals in PDF format.

The missing financial knowledge gap in Government.

The missing financial knowledge gap in most South African Government Organisations is locked up in the five essential financial skills for business people and non-financial managers:

Five missing financial skills in Government image

  1. Accounting principles
  2. Assessing financial performance
  3. Cash flow analysis
  4. Interpreting financial statements
  5. Reading a balance sheet

All five can be obtained free on the net. It can be downloaded individually. The images look like this:

Five needed financial skills in Government image

All five can also be downloaded for free in one zip file. The image for this download will look like this:

Five for free in one zip file image

Here is where to get all five: http://www.free-management-ebooks.com/

Again, it is very easy to get the knowledge, without any sweat, if the interest and willpower is there and not overshadowed by self-enrichment ambitions.

All about Project Management can also be obtained free of charge here:


Changing street and town names is only a waste of time and huge amounts of money. It does not contribute an inch to building a rainbow nation. The highest potential contribution to building a rainbow nation is locked up in character building and building higher moral values, all through continuous education, continuous learning and continuous upbringing principles. Upbringing principles already start from an early age before school-going age! It must start at home from parenting care and influence and not entirely left to school teachers.

If 63% of new-born black babies will never know who their fathers are, not even to speak about the high rate of rape occurrences, how can there ever be positive cultural growth?

This is a cartoon image of a Viking of old:

Viking cartoon image

This is a picture of Vikings on the war path of centuries ago:

Viking era image

The era of the barbaric Vikings stopped centuries ago.

Read all about the Vikings here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vikings and here: https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vikings.

Keep up to date on what goes on in South Africa: https://southafricatoday.net/

How Governments can make capitalistic systems to fail, can be viewed here.

It has been proven time and time again that the best for a country, with a  capitalistic system, is when the leader of that country has a qualification and background in Economics and not the Law. If the leader of a country does not have the preferred qualification, he/she must at least have a good ear for advice from competent Economic advisers!

The easiest way to earn a remuneration package of R 3 to R 5  million or more per year, as a totally incompetent person for the job, is to be employed in Government. It is only through the ANC, where a State-owned bank can go bankrupt through looting. Julius Malema will never learn a life lesson or an economic lesson. He should be banned to Siberia, Russia, North-Korea or even China (where they work up to 16 hours per shift, every day of the week) for a few lessons! His graduation program at the University of South Africa, was not a big help in Economics. 

If Jacob Zuma is found guilty of high treason, must he then not be sentenced to die before a firing squad as of old?

In the mind’s eye of the beholder, thinking of the African National Congress, reminds one of the saying “Bloated in the glory of authority”.

In a survey of a few years ago under black University students, the results indicated that more than 90% of them would prefer to be employed in Government and not in the Private Sector. The main reason given was that they could then also participate in the “get rich schemes” of looting and stealing. What a way to go for a Country!

What happened to the Code of Conduct for Civil Servants, which existed up to the end of 1993?  Flushed down the drain like everything else, from 1994 till today?

Expert resources for parents and mentors to help raise young people’s self-esteem. To get more of these type of publications for free, just click the image below:

Uniquely me - a parent's guide to building body confidence e-guide e-cover


Become the hero of your team free download. Just click the image for the PDF file to open:

Become the hero of your team e-guide e-cover

Positive interpersonal self-programming for partners, spouses, parents, children, teachers and managers; so says the psychologist. It even helps one with introspection on one’s management capabilities, with the aim of improving it.

Positive interpersonal programming e-guide-e-cover

Get the complete free e-guide when you subscribe on this page: https://global-association-for-managers.biz/parent-advice-newsletter-publication-announcement/


Local municipal councillors footer

Clicking on the image below will take one to a page, where all six of these e-guides can be downloaded for free, with free distribution rights:

Six free e-guide downloads image

Posted by: | Posted on: September 24, 2018

Parent advice newsletter publication announcement

Parent advice newsletter header image

Parent advice newsletter publication announcement

The parent advice newsletter is a quarterly publication. In other words the newsletter publication dates will be 1 January, 1 April, 1 July and 1 October of each year.

This online announcement also serves as the first newsletter publication for 1 October 2018.

Mission for our quarterly parent advice newsletter:

Making the parenthood journey full of joy, pleasure and success for parents and their children!

Parent advice newsletter ecover


See this video by clicking the start button:

Raising children is a serious matter. It usually happens when parents are still young and not so wise.

At the same time children need stimulation, love, security, encouragement and guidance on many fronts to develop their interests, cognitive processes, habits, talents and characters.

It happens in a world where there is virtually no parenthood education. Ample information and guidance on child health issues are available in abundance. When it comes to child character building and talent development, the sources of information, help and guidance for parents become scarcer.

Being a parent actually requires that parents fulfill their roles in parenting as a full-time second career. It requires that they gain the necessary knowledge to help their children the best way they can, through the different child development stages. All this must happen in a modern busy world between work, meetings, travelling and less quality family time at home.
It means parents need all the help they can possibly get! Children grow up fast, as time passes by quickly and waiting on nobody, who may have missed out on important child influencing moments.

We try to fill the void by making life easier for parents and their children by providing handy information and products on the subject of parenthood!

Child development stages illustration image

1. Parents have the most influence on child development, child character building and child learning. Parent influence has an everlasting effect on children and how they grow into adulthood and how they turn out in their future paths of life. It is not only the responsibilities of schools and educators. The influence of parents carries the highest weight and responsibility. The first priority for educators is knowledge transfer and not learner influence.

2. Parents are never too old to learn something about parenthood. If a parent does not lead a child, the danger exists that someone else will, who may be an unsatisfactory character or role model.

3. Likewise, children are never too old to learn from parent wisdom and experience.

4. Educators play a secondary learned minor role to influence children.

5. In the modern world of today, mathematics and the sciences play a huge role in our futures through rapid new developments, new innovations, new methods and new products and services. The best options for future adult career building will be formed in these directions.

6. Mathematics is interlaced in most other career paths and forms the highest priority to be educated in.

Read this advice from Author Barbara Snyder:

“Mathematics – We’re Counting on Help from Parents

Please don’t give your child an excuse to dislike math by making comments about your own school experiences with it or your distaste for it. It is important for parents to be positive, active supporters of the learning process to help encourage a child. A parent’s attitude can and will influence that of their offspring. Don’t undermine your child’s potential by exposing them to your prejudice toward subjects in school that may have given you difficulty.

Parents need to be aware of and consider the following five areas that relate to mathematics in today’s schools. Giving these ideas some time and thought can provide an overview of the current situation and the role that parents can play in assisting their children in becoming successful in mathematics.

6.1 Think about how mathematics has changed over the past few decades. Think about how there has been, and rightfully so, a greater emphasis on mathematics and science. In our technological world there is an ever greater need for students to graduate in those fields, and that need will not go away. In fact, the future top careers will call students being prepared with the skills that they learn in their math and science classrooms. Guidance in career direction from parents into those fields can be encouraging to youngsters.

6.2 A parent does not have to be a “math wiz” to help a child become interested in mathematics at an early age. The many things that parents can do at home include the following general categories that lend themselves to games and activities: counting games, using common household items; rhyme songs about numbers, helping to reinforce prior knowledge; grocery store shopping adventures; trip planning, exploring distance and gas mileage, coin counting, helping to recognize value and basic facts; probability, as in heads/tails predictions; and making flash cards to reinforce basic math facts. There are many more categories and dozens of activities for each category that can be easily done at home. Parents can learn of these many activities from the classroom teacher, parent booklets, and the internet.

6.3 If parents visit a math class in today’s schools, they will see some differences in the math instruction compared to when they attended. The approach to mathematics has undergone some positive changes that parents should be aware of. There is an emphasis on the following: the different ways in which a problem can be solved; skills concepts, using mathematical language and knowing why; students as risk takers, participating without fear; talking and writing about mathematics, keeping math journals; working in groups or with a partner; more frequent formal assessments; mental math, reinforcing the need to be able to do math without paper and pencil; and more use of computers and calculators to support math.

6.4 Calculators are readily available for students in their math classes. However, the trained professional knows when to allow calculator use and when not to. Students need to know basic facts and not solely rely on a calculators, charts, or cards. However, these aids can be used to assist in the learning and memorization of the essentials of math. Students in advanced math classes will use calculators on a more frequent basis to save time in some of the computations. Sure they could do the computations by hand, but they can get to the heart of matter more quickly with a shortcut. The bottom line is that teachers don’t want students to take that shortcut until they have an understanding of how to do the mathematical operation (the long way) without the calculator.

6.5 Consider the two subjects in which student most often have homework – reading and mathematics. Think about the reasons for and benefits from homework assignments: practices prior learning; helps develop mastery; builds self discipline; encourages time management; teaches independent work; and teaches responsibility for one’s own learning. These are lofty goals which can be attained through parent support. Research tells us that students who spend more time on homework will be more successful in school. The parents’ job is to monitor the homework time and to help the student have a good attitude about it. It shouldn’t be thought of as a punishment, nor should it be a battle between parent and child to get it done.

These are just a few things that parents should consider. Again, parents should visit the school and become familiar with the state mathematics standards. They should try to everyday math at home and in the car and encourage more involvement in technology. All of these things can be positive steps in optimizing the chances for student success in mathematics. Educators are counting on parents to play a significant role in supporting the educational process for children.”

Barbara Snyder is a retired California Distinguished School Principal and Coordinator For Human Resources. She has a master’s degree in Curriculum and Instruction. She holds elementary education, secondary, community college, and administrative credentials. She was the publisher of http://EducationResourcesNetwork.com and Student Teacher Supervisor at Chapman University.

7. Here are a few examples of free products for parents, who subscribe to our parent advice quarterly newsletter:


The story of Heidi in the Swiss Alps audi Ebook ecover animation


The original heritage story of The night before Christmas Ebook ecover


Children bedtime stories: Best all-time children bedtime stories in print and digital online, Biblical children stories for printing and reading, The children’s own choices of 45 stories and The Sandman – His farm stories for children.


Children bedtime story Ebooks ecovers animation


16 Parenting tips and 11 ways to empower children, Math master Excel multiplication software, Virtual fountain of youth with seven supplements, Get pregnant naturally, Jack up your parenting skills for the sake of your children:


Free Ebooks for parents animation

Pregnancy guide, Tender first twelve months, Day care overview, Everything you want to know about home schooling and The might of character building:


Free Ebooks for parents animation


Amazing learning secrets Ebook ecover


8. Here are a few examples of extra low-priced products for parents, who subscribe to our parent advice quarterly newsletter:

Hypnosis for weight loss audio E-Guide:


Hypnosis for weight loss audio Ebook ecover


The eight must have E-Guides: Empowering the child, The book of good manners, Mindful kids, Parental reflections, Raising a true leader, Raising children who succeed, Help your child become a responsible citizen and Successful parenting God’s way.


Must have eight publications Ebook ecovers


9. Here are a few examples of future free and extra low-priced products for parents, who subscribe to our parent advice quarterly newsletter:


Fun activities for kids image


9.1 Mostly 28 free E-Guides: 22 Fun activities, 33 Craft ideas, 51 Christmas activities, Christmas colouring book for children, Christmas fun, Fun craft projects, Fun and free activities for families on a budget, Ho ho ho Christmas Beverages, Christmas holidays ideas for fun and celebrations, Keeping kids busy and parents free, 120 Kids fun and delicious recipes, Things to make with parent help, Holiday candy recipe collection, 131 Ice cream maker recipes, Get your kids outside, Entertainment games for church, home and school, Rainy day activities, Backyard ideas for fun and frolic, Camping for boys, On the trail – an outdoor book for girls, Helping your preschool child, Helping your child with homework, Helping your child become a reader, Helping your child with mathematics, Helping your child learn history, Helping your child with science, Helping your child succeed in school and Helping your child through early adolescence.


Learning and fun activities EGuides for kids animation


9.2 The following difficult to find, scarce E-Guides are in the planning and preparation stage, which will also become available as free gifts to our parent newsletter subscribers:

1. Above life’s turmoil, by James Allen.
2. Card tricks, by Howard Thurston.
3. How to tap into your customer’s inner desires for fun and big profits.
4. Mystic will – how to develop the faculties of your mind by sheer will power.
5. Sleep well – a natural remedy guide for healthful sleep (for those with sleeping problems). Correction: not free but low-priced, with resell rights.
6. Ties that bind – stories of marriages that worked and how we could learn from them.

The six scarce E-Guides animation:


Hard to find scarce six e-guides image


9.3 Video display of 17 more free products on child welfare for subscribers:


Family outing on a bicycle image width=


10. Competition announcement:

How to get entrance into the quarterly competition and get a chance to win the whole parenting pack of 381 e-guides inside 15 categories.

10.1 Click the image below to view all the products, so you can decide if it will be worthwhile for you to participate in our quarterly competition. A PDF file will open from our Google cloud server.


Subscribers lucky draw competition image


10.2 You must be a subscriber to our Quarterly Parent Advice Newsletter.

10.3 Bear in mind that most of the products come with some or other form of resell rights. Subscribers get many products for free and will have a password to a secret page, where new products can be downloaded on a monthly basis.

Almost Christmas any time of a year image

10.4 Send this page location to as many as possible of your other contacts and friends who may benefit from our advice, free products and paid products, requesting them to follow step 10.6 below. (People likely to be interested in the subject of Parenting and likely to appreciate your gesture of goodwill to bring joy to them also). The easier alternative option is to download a PDF file specially designed for the competition, which can be sent out as an attachment in emails to contacts and friends. Open/download it by clicking here.

10.5 Once a subscriber, you will have a chance to become a winner in every cycle of three months. The four quarters will be end of March, end of June, end of September and the end of December every year. We reserve the sole right to decide on a quarterly basis, based on a performance perspective, who the up to three winners will be. The winners will be announced inside the newsletter.

Quarterly- competition winners image

10.6 Moms, dads and any other person who subscribe, can tell us of their own accord, from which other subscriber they have received this file you are now reading.

This is how to do it. Send an email, using your own email you have subscribed with, to Pierre Du Plessis at duplessis63@gmail.com. Copy and paste the contents below into your email to us:

Subject: Leaders Quarterly Parent Advice Competition
I am a subscriber and received the file from the following subscribed person:
First Name:

That’s it. Plain and simple. Enjoy the journey with us.

11. Free for immediate download:

Those interested in a huge collection of products, just have to subscribe with our double opt-in system below. View the image album by clicking the image below to open the PDF album to see what we have inside for all our subscribers.  Subscribe to our newsletter only if you have an interest in parenting, raising children or self-improvement. The main focus of our quarterly newsletter is on parenthood issues.

Click the image below to see what is available for immediate downloads:

120 free subscriber publications ebox ecover

Just tell us where to send the download links, but you must confirm your email address by clicking a link.:

Early leadership development can already start with the teenager development stage!

Parenthood success journey footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: September 23, 2018

How to buy a car, without getting ripped off

How to buy a car header image

How to buy a car, without getting ripped off.

“Who Else Wants To Know Every Dollar Saving Trick, Every Scam-Stopping Tip, And Every Must-Know Bit Of Information You Need When Buying A Car!”

So You Want to Buy A Car?

Things that you should know when buying a Car.

How to buy a car Ebook ecover

Do you think you could beat a professional basketball player at his own game?

For most of us, the answer is no. Think about that the next time you go to a car dealership… where you are dealing with a professional seller.

From the moment you step out on the lot you are behind in experience… behind in industry knowledge… behind in salesmanship… to whom else but someone who sells for a living?

The professional athlete of his field. The salesman. The person who makes his living by commission – and therefore tries to squeeze every dollar possible out of his victims.

But now you can be prepared. Don’t fall for his traps.

Don’t fall for his schemes. Make sure you spend the least money possible when purchasing your car. And do it with confidence.

Ladies and gentleman, let me present to you…

“How to Buy a Car without Getting Ripped Off!”

Greetings Friend,

Are you looking to buy a car but don’t want to pay more money then you have to?

Then I am your ticket.

The first thing you need to realize when going to a dealership to buy a car is this. The salesman’s agenda is to make the best commission possible. Your agenda is to get the best deal possible. You must understand this mind-set.

In the lot of the dealership…

“… It’s you vs The Salesman!”

Most people are too naive to realize what is happening when they are being sold a car. They are not thinking like the salesman, who has been there every single day for the last umpteen years dealing with customers just like them.

Most people just aren’t up to the challenge. But by golly, that won’t be you.

Because it’s my job to change that. I’ve written down everything you need to research before you go the dealership. Everything you should bring with you. And written down all the likely lines you might here from the salesman…

…whose sole intention is to get as much money from your bank account as possible. It’s all in my thoroughly researched, 47 page report. And you can be reading it in mere minutes from now.

But to warm up…

… Here is just SOME of the information you will find inside:

Understand that both you and the dealer are looking to get the better deal.

Why you should run if they ask you to sign your loan papers.

Find out the difference between the dealer’s price and the factory price – so that you know how much to offer.

Find out when salesmen are desperate to sell cars and are much more willing to lower their prices to close the deal.

Recognize numerous other scams such as the “Factory Hold-back Scam,” “Insurance Scam,” “Turnover Scam,” and more. Get prepared before you get taken for thousands.

8 items to bring with you when purchasing a car if you want to make sure you get the best deal possible.

Recognize who is really on the phone if someone calls in to compete with your offer.

Find out why you should always pay deposits with your credit card – not with checks.

Recognize “Price Beating” and “I Won’t Get Paid” scams and learn to stay away.

Why you should never wait until the last minute to buy a car… never!

Find out why you should never offer any money for a car unless you already know the dealer cost.

Understand how you can end up paying thousands more if you let the dealership help you get out making payments on your current cars loan.

Find out when to consider if you should finance your loan through a credit union instead of the dealership.

Learn when to use the words “only if you put it in writing” to save yourself from scams forced on you by pushy salesmen.

Make sure the date that the salesman writes on your contract is correct before signing. I’ll tell you why on…

How to protect yourself from late payments when trading in car that still has money due.

Recognize a legal way dealers are able to charge you an extra $500 for doing next to nothing – and how you can avoid it.

Learn to look out for the words, “As is” when purchasing a car – I’ll show you where to look.

Discover how you can get a better deal by shopping during these 4 months.

Learn the best way to find rebates and incentives to make sure you get the best deal possible.

The source (that anyone can use) that is actually more powerful than the Kelley Blue Book and can save you thousands of dollars.

Learn what to do when the finance manager starts throwing so many numbers at you that you can’t keep them straight – he’s doing it on purpose.

Find out what you can bring with you to the dealership to lower your interest rates.

One popular, yet false, belief that you should know about the invoice on your car.

Learn not to lie about your car before it’s too late.

The magic formula to use when deciding the dollar amount of your first offer.

Words and phrases to look out for when a salesman is trying to push you into making a purchase.

5 lines a salesman may give you to try to force a sale. Get ready for them before you are face to face with a professional seller.

9 money saving tips to swear by to avoid car refinance scams.

Discover how to give yourself an edge on the dealer by finding the factory invoice to the car you want to purchase online. I’ll show you were to find it.

Learn to be cautious of “No Payments for X months” schemes. I’ll show you what to do to protect yourself.

Learn not to set yourself up as a “monthly payment buyer,” even if you are – a salesmen is likely to jump on you for the reasons here…

Understand how the word “etching” can end up costing you $900 if you don’t know how to respond to the salesman.

6 deal-making tips to bring with you when negotiating with a salesman from the dealership. They’re trained to get the best deal possible, you best prepare!

Learn how to react to the “No Cheaper Rate!” and the “We’ve Got It!” schemes before you get taken for hundreds or thousands more then you intended.

Recognize when someone is trying to sneak one buy you if they insist on running a credit report… when you’re not buying on credit. They’re just looking to squeeze out more money.

Get the inside scoop on credit report scams dealerships pull to get more money out of the deal.

Know exactly what to tell a salesman if he says he can’t accept your check due to a high rate of bounced checks from your bank. It’s a scam!

Learn what an “Extended Warranty” really is before you tack it on to your price tag. It may not be what you think.

9 extra costs that the dealership will try to tack on after the deal has already been closed – along with the actual price it costs the dealership to offer these “extras.”

And there’s MUCH more – guaranteed!

“Give Me 30 Minutes And I’ll Have You Ready To Spot Every Dollar-Stealing Scheme A Commissioned Salesmen Is Likely To Throw At You!”

Allow me to let you in on one scheme right here.

I’m doing it for your own good – and to let you know what you will find in my course.

If you are ever sitting at a desk while the paperwork is being written up – watch out if the man handling the paperwork receives a phone call.

Watch out if he makes a statement such as, “I’ll call you right back if this one opts out of the deal.” Do you know what’s coming next?

As it “turns out,” someone just called in making a better offer on the same car that you wanted. If you still plan on driving your shiny new vehicle home, you’re going to have beat his offer.

You don’t think one of this salesman’s co-workers wouldn’t give this a shot? Someone who’s not busy with a customer – who could help out his buddy that he takes lunch with every day?

And your salesman, the one writing up the contract, knows full well who it is on the other end of the phone. But he is more than willing to accept this help from his loyal friend. It would give them something to talk about in the bar on Friday night! Drinks are on him!

If you don’t think this happens, you’re being naive.

But if you took a look at my guide, you would be prepared for this blatant scheme to make a bigger commission.

Stand up and demand a copy of “How to Buy a Car without Getting Ripped off Today!” You can be reading it in minutes from now. If it is possible to get a better deal, then my report will show you how to do it.

What does it take to get your hands on this money-saving information? $10.00. One small payment for potentially thousands of dollars in rewards.

PayPal buy button

And believe me, you will collect. If you don’t there’s always my…

“….3 Month Money Back Guarantee!”

My report will save you money. I guarantee it. And I guarantee it with more than words. If at any time within three months, you decide that “How to Buy a Car without Getting Ripped Off” did not prepare you for your run-in with a car salesman…

…just write for a full refund. No questions asked. Even if you just decided not to buy a car. Write for a refund. If you don’t use it, I don’t want your money.

How is that for a show of confidence? I guarantee your satisfaction. The risk is on me.

With no risk involved all that’s left is saving thousands of dollars on your next car purchase.

Pay only $10.00 and see how you can score:

PayPal buy button

Thanks for reading,
Pierre Du Plessis.

P.S. What’s locked inside my report? Secrets of outsmarting the salesman trained to squeeze out every available penny from your bank account. I’ve given you all the resources you need to research before you show up at the dealership. I’ve made a list of everything you need to bring with you. I’ve compiled every last scam they might try and throw at you. All you need is to scroll up to see how I’m going to save you thousands of dollars on your next car purchase. Pass this up, and you’ll lose money. Guaranteed. (See guarantee for details.)

Demand Your Copy Of “How To Buy A Car” Without Getting Ripped Off!

How to buy a car footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: July 12, 2018

Strategic plan versus strategic planning

Leadership development worldwide

Strategic plan versus strategic planning

A strategic plan represents a certain outdated point in time. I you do not think, plan, change and live by it, it may die and surely will only gather dust, forgotten somewhere in a file. Strategic planning, on the other hand, means active, alive, ongoing and never-ending – Pierre Du Plessis

15 Steps to Transforming Yourself to a Strategic Leader

1. An Inspired Workforce
a. If you are looking for ‘cause and effect’ look no further than these three vital factors to get you 80%+ of the way there:
i. A vision which is truly ‘visionary’ – one that excites people and makes them passionate in its pursuit
ii. An organizational Purpose which not only attracts and retains talent, but energizes people to be their very best in remaining true to that reason why your organization exists
iii. Role model behavior and practices by a leadership team that is a team – being exemplars and living the values of the organization, encouraging people to achieve their full potential and reinforcing the vision, purpose and values of the organization at every opportunity enabling and motivating people to follow their example
2. A Leadership Team that is, in fact, a ‘team’
a. The unfortunate fact is that while we o[en refer to the ‘leadership team’, no such ‘team’ truly exists as the C-Suite executives too o[en do not understand or practice the tenets of effective teamwork nor do they very o[en, unless compelled, collaborate as they could or should for the benefit of the organization.
i. Being anti-role models for the workforce does little to encourage their teamwork or collaboration.
3. A Leadership Team which routinely exhibits their relentless pursuit of ‘doing the right things right’ for the organization.
a. To me this is all about remaining true to your purpose at all times and testing every project, initiative and investment against the vision to ensure it will move the organization closer to achieving it. It goes without saying only the highest standards of integrity and transparency are acceptable.
b. The continuous pursuit of excellence is also another one of the vital legs to achieving this ultimate Strategic Leadership organizational outcome.
4. Exceptional Stakeholder Relationships
a. Ensuring the workforce from the factory floor or front line to the C-Suite have the requisite skills and use them to build exceptional internal working relationships and/or where appropriate exceptional external stakeholder relationships with customers, suppliers, partners and others which are critically important to the long-term success – competitiveness and profitable growth of your organization
5. A Release of the Full Creativity and Innovation of the Organization
a. Establishing appropriate forums such as ‘Creativity Labs’ designed to turn even your worst performers into superstars in terms of generating commercially viable innovations which deliver value to all key stakeholders.
b. Clearly a culture of creativity and innovation must be nurtured as well as ensuring an innovation management system, Human Resources systems which reinforce the behaviors and practices desired as they relate to creativity and innovation, value creation measured in terms of ‘benefits’ – recognized and appreciated by stakeholders and that is just the ‘shortlist’.
6. An Organization aligned around its Vision
a. This is an organization that behaves as ‘all one team’ focused on the common goal or achieving the vision, everyone – department, function, division and business unit clearly understanding and being capable of making their specific contribution to successful achievement of that vision – no distraction, hidden agendas or pulling in opposing directions or being at cross-purposes with one another.
7. Value is Being Continuously Created and Delivered to all Key Stakeholders
a. It is my firm belief that underneath the stated or explicit purpose of any organization worth its salt, there is an implicit purpose and that purpose is the continuous creation and delivery of value to all key stakeholders
b. Value is one of the most important strategic concepts of the past 20 years and is a vital source of differentiation and competitive advantage as well as the foundation for secure and exceptional stakeholder relationships.
c. Value should be defined as any intangible or tangible benefit which the competition or alternate provider is either unwilling or unable to provide. There are some 11 sources of value I have identified in my 44 years of work around the globe, but most organizations focus on only 2-3 and don’t do a particularly good job with those!
8. An Exceptionally Agile Organization
a. As we know, the only constant is change. Change is coming faster, having greater impact and is occurring more frequently than ever.
b. Being agile means being able to identify, assess and act (e.g., make a decision and execute) on an opportunity or counter a threat better and faster than a competitor or other provider.
c. Two of the most important critical success factors for becoming agile are (1) having a world class ‘sensing system’ and (2) Hyper-Decision Making.
d. Agility together with the ‘sensing system’ described below and Hyper-Decision Making, are also requirements for an organization to be exceptional at ‘adaptation’ to change where adaptation is the anticipation or rapid and appropriate response to changes in the external operating environment.
9. Establish a World-Class (among the best) ‘Sensing System’
a. Like the ‘whiskers of a cat’ without which its judgement would be impaired, so it is with organizations without a world-class ‘sensing system’ which is comprehensive and integrated and captures all vital data and information – including the ‘vital few’ Key Performance Indicators at the right level to be sensitive to changes internally within the organization as well as externally in its operating environment – not just the standard market share, EBIT, profitably types of KPI’s! In fact, a new generation of balanced scorecard is now required as we move further into the future to account for the increase in critical parameters that can impact an organization’s long-term or enduring success and competitiveness.
10. Evolution of Your Organization to a State of Hyper-Decision Making
a. Taking the discussion above regarding ‘change’ to heart has one huge implication and that simply is the absolute need to make more optimal decisions faster than ever – a state of Hyper-Decision Making where not only are the key strategic positions within the organization identified and filled with the most talented people as the decisions made in those positions can make the difference between winning and losing in the marketplace, but they have been trained and are coached in decision-making. No longer is decision-making taken for granted or considered a zero-sum game as the consequence is too costly to your organization.
11. Strategy Execution and Appropriate Patience and Support
a. Research has shown that while many CEO’s, in fact nearly 85%, are pleased with their strategy being correct, only 14% believe their organization has done well executing that strategy.
b. Often times I have seen a lack of patience – a need for instant gratification on the part of senior management otherwise the strategy is scrapped and replaced with a new ‘supposed’ silver bullet. Eventually people lose energy and interest as their organization becomes a member of the ‘program of the month club’.
c. In addition, many times there are so many key business objectives, all #1 priority of course, that there are not enough resources to gain traction. Proper support is not given because no effort was made by senior management to properly prioritize the key business objectives let alone align them with the vision!
12. Design of the Right Organizational Business Model and Keeping it Refreshed Through Time
a. Controversy reigns supreme over what a business model is or isn’t. The fact of the matter is that there are 8 components to a business model including the leadership team whose role it is to synergize the other 7 components.
b. One of the most critical of the components, although they are all critical to enduring success, is ‘renewal’ which is the seamless integration of adaptation, creativity & innovation and continuous learning. It is this component, more than any other that keeps an organization’s business model fresh and in step with the changing business environment as organizations has been the case with such organizations as Proctor & Gamble, Johnson & Johnson, Google and a select number of others.
13. Achieve Human Performance Excellence Breaking the Barriers of Tradition and Thinking Outside the Box
a. One-day senior executives will awaken to the realization that it is their people more than any single factor which either enables their organization to succeed or causes it to fail – the latter being a case where senior management is often an unwillng co-conspirator in the debacle.
b. Recognizing that your organization may well be over-managed and under-led and now evolving it to one identified as having inspirational leadership and talent attraction and retention can be a long road, but if you hope to ever reach your full potential as an organization, it is an essential road to follow.
c. The key words here are: engage (i.e., strengthen the emotional bond between your people and your organization; as well as to listen, learn and act on what was learned), enable, empower, inspire, ensure participation, have regular 2-way communication – total transparency, build and maintain trust, make them passionate and energized about what they are doing to succeed and help their organization be successful. Start with that and you will be amazed at the transformation your organization undergoes!
d. Always remember that if you ever have to choose between world-class processes and mediocre people or world-class people and mediocre processes, always choose the latter!
e. Release the creativity of everyone in the organization – stop holding it captive! This includes senior management each one of which should possess and complete weekly and ‘Idea Book’ in which there are 7 key questions designed to stimulate creativity and innovation which adds value. These ideas should be shared monthly at Management Committee meetings.
14. Make Strategic Customer Relationship Management an Organizational Competency
a. Literally ensure that relationship mastery as referred to above and human performance excellence together with processes which make it easy for customers to do business with you and enable you to be more responsive than the others in your sector or industry are in place, are literally woven into the fabric of your organization’s culture – making it a competitive advantage and ensuring your organization is intensely customer focused
15. Stop Engaging in Practices which are Damaging Your Organization
a. As part of my Doctoral Dissertation, I conducted research to identify the behaviors and practices of senior executives which could cause their organization to under-perform or fail. These I referred to as ‘The Deadly Sins of Management’. For example, one of these was ‘too much focus on the numbers’ which among other damage created to an organization, this practice destroys teamwork and collaboration.
The above represent what I would consider the top 15 outcomes you should be considering if you have any hope of reaching the ultimate Strategic Leadership outcome stated near the beginning of this document. There are others, but possibly with less impact on your organization’s performance.

Source: 15 Steps to Transforming Yourself to a Strategic Leader, in A Brief Summary, BY DR. TED MARRA

Also refer to these articles:



Posted by: | Posted on: February 19, 2018

Business owners

Business owners

Business owners of all sized businesses

Business owners! Expand your business empire through people.

Business owners can accelerate business growth through people.

Business owner cartoon image

Among all living beings on earth, humans have the highest brain power. But you already know that.

When you buy a piece of equipment or machinery for your business purposes, you expect to get the highest possible profit out of it, in the shortest possible time. In other words you want the highest return on your investment (ROI)! Do we now have your attention? Are you starting to get interested?

OK, the only problem with a piece of equipment or machinery (also known as a “fixed asset”) is that your business operations with it, will be limited by the built-in mechanical output or production capacity.

Your investment in your employees (also known as “human capital”) in the form of wages, salaries and fringe benefits (also known as “total cost to company”), are normally quite substantial, if not in the highest ranges of regular costs.

However, human capital capacity is of a totally different nature! It is not limited by a mechanical built-in capacity!

How healthy is your ROI on your human capital total cost to company? To put it a bit simpler: How good is your return on your investment in people? How profitable is it really, do you think? Starting to think a bit? Are they giving you more back than what they cost every single month? Are there months when you think you are maybe wasting your money on them or some of them? It is easy to tally the total monthly monetary cost of employees. How easy is it to calculate the monetary value they are giving back? Would you not have liked to know it? It is quite easy to work out the profitability of machinery or a process, but how easy is it to work out the profitability of human capital, when you cannot identify and isolate it within total monetary income?

How many accountants, auditors and business owners can work out the ROI of labour. It is only possible where total income is solely due to labour. In most cases the efforts of labour are intermingled with contributions of raw material, processes and machinery inside total income in accounting systems

We are now beginning to tamper into dark and unknown territory, not so! It makes it frustrating not to be able to know.

There is however, a bright light glowing on the horizon, winking at you to come closer, which can enable you, as business owner, to see the influence your human capital can have on total profitability; whether it is rising or falling.

Business owners have the authority and power to increase or decrease human capital capacity.

1. Your human capital asset, is your only asset with built-in flexible capacity, whether you are delivering services or products.

2. Equipment, machines and processes, as assets, do not have built-in flexible capacities; they are lifeless without human capital.

3. Only human capital can change the inflexible built-in capacities of equipment, machines and processes to become more productive.

4. Only human capital can change the availability and utilization of equipment, machines and processes.

5. Only human beings are manning and using the facilities, equipment, machinery and processes you provide, with flexible feelings and flexible attitudes.

Normal human beings have built-in needs for self-satisfaction and self-actualization.

1. These built-in needs of humans create a desire to succeed, achieve and perform as employees in a work environment.

2. Not only do they arrive with these desires, but they also arrive with flexible capacities for new ideas, improvements, ingenuity and creativity.

3. This flexibility in “human capital” is referred to as “human capital talent”, which can be the greatest asset any business can ever hope to have.

4. When human capital talent can operate in a work environment, where they can satisfy their needs and desires, their feelings and attitudes can change to reflect appreciation, thankfulness, happiness and loyalty.

5. Positive feelings and attitudes in human capital can unlock slumbering talents for new ideas, improvements, ingenuity and creativity for higher total business profitability. This is the bright light glowing on the horizon.

Recent research studies indicate that bosses and business owners fail miserably to satisfy employee expectations, needs and desires:

“Even in a down economy 2 million Americans quit their job every month. The majority of people, quitting or not, are currently unhappy in their corporate jobs. Recent studies indicate a full 74 percent of people would today consider finding a new job and 32 percent are actively looking. The reasons for their unhappiness:

1) They don’t like their boss (31%),
2) A lack of empowerment (31%),
3) Internal politics (35%) and
4) Lack of recognition (43%).”

In other words, these employees have become disillusioned and disengaged. What is the lesson here? Do all you can to avoid your employees go down the same route.

Source: Article by Forbes

Our deductions from the above findings: 1. The majority of bosses and business owners in the world today, do not have a clue how to engage, inspire and utilize employee talents. 2. Notwithstanding abundance of information in modern times, they have fallen behind times, as if they have left their minds behind on another planet. 3. It can also be due to lack of interest and exposure.

Those who want to explore these findings further, can start with this link:

The money man cartoon image

Those who want more free information on leadership qualities online, can find some here.
Find an extraordinary collection of leadership resources inside this free Online Leadership Library in a free PDF file.

Human capital talents come in a ready-made package, eager for talents to be utilized.

How lucky can business owners get, with different human capital talents falling into their laps? It all depends on what business owners make of it!

Do you know how to unlock human capital talents? Become a member to get the four sets of competencies to improve your business profitability and grow your business empire like never before! Becoming a member will enable you to get the solutions for making employees feel like co-owners!

If you know how to mine for the gemstones, latent in the brain cells of employees, you will be able to uncover and expose those gemstones for your business to thrive on! Business owners and bosses can break a business by remaining ignorant and arrogant, but can also make a business by mining for the gemstones.

Those with high interest in modern human capital talent trends, can also visit these pages:





The four competency skills

“The science of getting rich” e-book for buyers of membership:

The science of getting rich

“Whatever may be said in praise of poverty, the fact remains that it is not possible to live a really complete or successful life unless one is rich. No one can rise to his greatest possible height in talent or soul development unless he has plenty of money.” – Wallace D. Wattles (1864 – 1911)

Preface in the e-book:

THIS book is pragmatic, not philosophical; a practical manual, not a treatise upon theories. It is intended for the men and women whose most pressing need is for money; who wish to get rich first, and philosophize afterward. It is for those who have, so far, found neither the time, the means, nor the opportunity to go deeply into the study of metaphysics, but who want results and who are willing to take the conclusions of science as a basis for action, without going into all the processes by which those conclusions were reached.

It is expected that the reader will take the fundamental statements upon faith, just as he would take statements concerning a law of electrical action if they were promulgated by a Marconi or an Edison; and, taking the statements upon faith, that he will prove their truth by acting upon them without fear or hesitation. Every man or woman who does this will certainly get rich; for the science herein applied is an exact science, and failure is impossible. For the benefit, however, of those who wish to investigate philosophical theories and so secure a logical basis for faith, I will here cite certain authorities.

The monistic theory of the universe the theory that One is All, and that All is One; That one Substance manifests itself as the seeming many elements of the material world – is of Hindu origin, and has been gradually winning its way into the thought of the western world for two hundred years. It is the foundation of all the Oriental philosophies, and of those of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Schopenhauer, Hegel, and Emerson.

The reader who would dig to the philosophical foundations of this is advised to read Hegel and Emerson for himself.

In writing this book I have sacrificed all other considerations to plainness and simplicity of style, so that all might understand. The plan of action laid down herein was deduced from the conclusions of philosophy; it has been thoroughly tested, and bears the supreme test of practical experiment; it works. If you wish to know how the conclusions were arrived at, read the writings of the authors mentioned above; and if you wish to reap the fruits of their philosophies in actual practice, read this book and do exactly as it tells you to do. The Author.

Here is the table of contents for “The science of getting rich” of only 50 pages:

Preface: By the author
Chapter 1: The Right To Be Rich
Chapter 2: There is A Science of Getting Rich
Chapter 3: Is Opportunity Monopolized?
Chapter 4: First Principle in The Science of Getting Rich
Chapter 5: Increasing Life
Chapter 6: How Riches Come to You
Chapter 7: Gratitude
Chapter 8: Thinking in the Certain Way
Chapter 9: How to Use the Will
Chapter 10: Further Use of the Will
Chapter 11: Acting in the Certain Way
Chapter 12: Efficient Action
Chapter 13: Getting into the Right Business
Chapter 14: The Impression of Increase
Chapter 15: The Advancing Man
Chapter 16: Some Cautions, and Concluding Observations
Chapter 17: Summary of the Science of Getting Rich

The following two e-books are also included for buyers of membership:

Business plans duo


The titles of the above two e-books are:

“The business plan blueprint – shortening your business learning curve”


“Guide to writing a business plan – a universal template designed by auditors for all types of businesses”.

Just fill in the details and your bank loan application is ready!

This alone is worth more than the asking price for lifelong membership!

What other training manuals are included in membership for business owners, entrepreneurs and their employees?

The five most essential financial skills for non-accountant business owners, namely, understanding accounting principles, assessing financial performance, cash flow analysis, interpretation of financial statements and reading a balance sheet.

Five essential financial skills


These five training manuals displayed above, are regarded as the five essential minimum financial skills for non-accountants, but who may be in positions of authority in private and public sectors, desperately in need of the skills. It is common knowledge that many government employees worldwide, who need these skills, do not have it. No wonder that many of those government organisations are miserable financial failures!

Click me to see it cartoon image
Many job positions in public sector organisations, are also in dire need of acquiring the five essential minimum financial skills for non-accountants displayed above, to be successful in running and managing those organisations.

Business expansion footer

Posted by: | Posted on: February 19, 2018

Performance management quality

Performance management quality

Quality assessment of a performance management system.

With more than 2000 different performance management systems in use worldwide, with various degrees of being an ideal system, here are a few questions forming an assessment questionnaire, covering some minimum requirements for an integrated performance management system. It can hopefully help to get an idea of how an existing system compares to an ideal system, which can be described as the “right way”.

Definition of an integrated system:

A definition of “integrated” can be clarified as follows: “To make into a whole by bringing all parts together; unify and combining or coordinating separate elements so as to provide a harmonious, interrelated whole; organized or structured so that constituent units function cooperatively”.

Try to answer the following questions:

1. Is strategic planning part of the regular business processes?
2. Is the PMS in support of the overall strategic plan or in isolation?
3. Is performance measurement a continuous process or at certain longer intervals only?
4. If there is a strategic plan, how is the successful execution of plans monitored on a regular basis?
5. Is employee performance measurement, review or evaluation ending up in the same universal factors being evaluated for all positions?
6. Is employee performance measurement based on different factors for different job tasks?
7. Is employee job objectives coupled to cascading job objectives from the top tiers and broken up into sub-objectives down through the ranks?
8. Is short interval control part of the PMS so that self-control can take place for immediate corrective actions on the level where deviations from standards are first detected?
9. Is the PMS following the rule of shortening control intervals for consecutive lower operational levels?
10. What would you say is the main purpose with your performance management system? Is it perhaps only window dressing, to pacify shareholders or to boast its existence in the annual report?
11. What is the secondary purpose with your performance management system?
12. Apart from the main purpose and secondary purpose, is the PMS also serving more purposes?
13. Can you list proven benefits derived from the existence of your PMS? What are they?
14. Is the PMS inspiring enthusiasm, initiative, problem-solving, creativity and the urge for continuous improvements in employees?
15. What effects do your PMS or lack of it have on employee morale, attitudes and feelings?
16. What are your employees’ opinions on the fairness of merit ratings and salary increases?
17. Does the system make provision for short term employee performance feedback and combined with identification of meaningful future employee development areas?
18. In case your organisation also has longer term projects, which may not be ideal for fitting into the normal shorter term business environment for the PMS – Is the performance management system making provision for longer term projects to be planned and measured along the lines and methods in use for engineering projects? We are referring for instance to the critical path method (CPM) for analysis and planning and project evaluation and review technique (PERT) for evaluations. Histograms can also be used to display actual progress against planned progress in the shorter term. We believe the methods used in engineering can make just as good a fit for other types of projects.
19. If you do not have a PMS, how does your organisation ensure cohesive co-operation by and between all role players to perform harmoniously together and in tune like a top symphony orchestra?
20. If you do have a PMS in place, list the beneficial and positive outcomes for your organisation.
21. List the deficiencies and negative outcomes for your organisation.
22. Are the positive outcomes outweighing the negative outcomes?
23. What will be your recommendations for improvement of your performance management system?
24. Are worker trade unions hampering or boycotting the implementation of a proper PMS? What possible tactics can be employed to make them part of the solution?
25. If you do not have or do not want a PMS, what are the possible benefits that the non-existence of it, can have for your organisation in the long run?


1. Performance Management as a system, if done correctly, is not intended for an annual review event only. With more than 2000 PM systems in use worldwide, each with its own interpretation of what is the right one, it is no wonder that some say cascading objectives end up in the same factor being evaluated for all jobs. We fully agree that it cannot be. Each job title has its own objectives, differing from the next one. A PM system can have more benefits than negatives if done correctly. It should daily encourage people to do what they are supposed to do. It can also function as automatic self-control and immediate corrective actions on the lower level where it is first identified, making life easier for higher levels. It should focus on continuous future organisation improvements and human capital talent development, instead of solely for the purpose of a once per year merit increase.

2. The intention with the right performance management system is to get organisation-wide support for the organisation strategic plan and specifically to get rid of subjective opinions and evaluations.

3. Not all organisations are in need of a performance management system. When an organisation is still small enough, the top man can control task outcomes of employees by means of direct contact and communication. When an organisation expands and the quantity of employees outgrows the attention span of the top leader, it can become more and more difficult to stay updated on how well the performance of all employees is. Then it can become time for a performance management system to come in handy as rescue mechanism for the top leader.

4. The first and main purpose with a performance management system should be to serve as a mechanism for more successful achievement of strategic plans and objectives. The possible other purposes and benefits will then follow automatically or more easily, with some adjustments.

5. To see a video of how to use the Critical Path Method (CPM) as analysis and planning tool for planning change in organization culture, go to this post.

See our design of a performance management system here in this post. Free download a bundle of six e-books, compiled as a combined effort by several Universities, for use by the USA Government Departments, on that page.

Organisation leadership transformation questionnaires ebook ecover


Download this questionnaire free in PDF format by subscribing to our occasional newsletter:

To get the download links, one must confirm the authenticity of one’s email address, by clicking the link in our email to you. If you do not confirm, the links will never reach you in our second email.

The necessity of a formal performance management system can become less important, when the majority of the workforce of an organisation becomes mature enough to replace the formal system with a personal self-driven informal monitoring system. In other words, it can be abandoned, when individuals have received ample internal/external training to apply all the elements of a performance management system automatically themselves on an individual basis, without being officially forced to do so. However, how many can lay claim to this type of knowledge and maturity?

Persons who buy membership also get the following six videos with PDF transcripts:

Video 1 – Key objectives and standards:

Video one on key objectives and standards image

The other five:

Video 2 – Critical objectives and standards:

Video 3 – Specific objectives and standards:

Video 4 – Action plans:

Video 5 – Control reports:

Video 6 – The sergeant stripes principle:

Persons who buy membership also get this e-book titled:

“The science of conducting effective meetings”:

The science of conducting effective meetings ebook ecover


Posted by: | Posted on: February 19, 2018

In-house training

In-house training

In-house training/education to change organisational culture.

Trainer cartoon

Addressing the four most essential interrelated development areas for any organisation in the business or public world.

 On site education and implementation in any town in South Africa

Organisation culture:
Organisation culture has nothing to do with race, sex, language or cultural background of employees. It has much to do with the type of team leadership that is consciously being encouraged in strategic planning, company policies and the type of employees being appointed in positions of authority. In other words it has all to do with human relations and whether people are treated primarily with laissez-faire leadership, transactional leadership or transformational leadership and its consequences on the attitudes, feelings and behaviour of subordinates. For instance, subordinates can be forced into robotic behaviour, with transactional leadership and its accompanying destructive motivational factors, leading to low loyalty; or inspired to use own initiative and innovativeness, with transformational leadership and its accompanying constructive motivational factors, leading to high loyalty, which in turn may impact negatively or positively on organisation improvement.

The other important influence on organisation culture is how employees perceive the fairness of performance appraisals and its consequences on their future development opportunities and career progress.

The purpose with our courses is to increase the return on investment (ROI) or profit on total cost outlay per employee for organisations. We facilitate educational courses for corporate employees in the following three development areas:

1. Team Leadership:
Contents: Leadership self-test, leadership traits to strive for, the ten most common people management mistakes to avoid, strategic planning for direction in a global competitive environment, situational leadership styles, team leadership, delegation, hierarchical differentiation of management functions, leadership ethics and moral values, conflict handling, change management, destructive versus constructive motivation, the consultative management style, the eleven leadership principles to uphold, dynamic leadership, other problem-solving techniques like the GROW model, the Ishikawa diagram, project planning and control, possibility thinking, creative thinking and value management.
Duration: 5 full days. Training session structure options:
1. 5 days, spread over 5 weeks;
2. 5 days, with a session every second day;
3. 6 half days, daily, with homework after hours or
4. 5 consecutive full days.
Cost: R6 000.00 per participant.

2. Performance management the right way:
Contents: 1. Conversion of strategic departmental objectives into a mission statement per job for which continuous key objectives in terms of purpose, customers, product and scope can then be developed, together with key standards against which actual results can be measured. 2. Renewal of job descriptions for which continuous critical objectives and accompanying critical standards are developed. 3. Defining specific job assignments and projects with accompanying specific time limited objectives in terms of time limited action plans and specific standards. 4. Development of a job performance matrix (Balanced Score Card) where actual results are measured against key, critical and specific standards. 4. The performance planning and review cycle, with the science of conducting effective meetings. 5. The principles of short interval control where each lower tier controls more frequently than the higher one. 6. Performance appraisals and identification of individual development areas. 7. Identification of risk management shortcomings to be added into the system.
Duration: 7 full days. Training session structure options:
1. 7 days, spread over 7 weeks;
2. 7 days, with a session every second day;
3. 8 half days, daily, with homework after hours or
4. 7 consecutive full days.
Cost: R8 000.00 per participant. See the organisation benefits on this page.
For further reading on performance improvement open or save this PDF file.

3. Recruitment and interviewing skills for line managers:

Module one: Introduction to recruitment, what is recruitment?, challenges and trends, sourcing candidates, requirements, case study, self-test questions; Module two: The selection process, job analysis and descriptions, the approach, the recruitment interview, testing, case study, self-test questions; Module three: Goal setting, using the GROW model, identifying goal areas, setting smart goals, using a productivity journal, case study, self-test questions; Module four: The interview, phone interviews, traditional interviews, situational interviews, stress interviews, case study, self-test questions; Module five: Types of interview questions, direct questions, indirect questions, situational questions, behavioural descriptive questions, stress level testing, competency questions, case study, self-test questions; Module six: Avoiding bias in your selection, expectancy effect, primacy effect, obtaining bias information, stereotyping, case study, self-test questions; Module seven: The background check, preparation, data collection, illegal questions, being thorough without being pushy, case study, self-test questions; Module eight: Making your offer, outlining the offer, negotiation techniques, dealing with difficult issues, sealing the deal, case study, self-test questions; Module nine:Orientation and retention, getting off on the right track, your orientation program, the checklist, following up, case study, self-test questions; Module ten: Measuring the results, cost breakdown, employee quality, recruiter effectiveness, fine tuning, case study, self-test questions; Module eleven: Wrapping up, words from the wise, lessons learned, completion of action plans and evaluations.
Duration: 5 full days. Training session structure options:
1. 5 days, spread over 5 weeks;
2. 5 days, with a session every second day;
3. 6 half days, daily, with homework after hours or
4. 5 consecutive full days.
Cost: R6 000.00 per participant.

Professional evaluation of a candidate requires the following types of probing job related questions:
1. Situational interviewing questions.
2. Behavioural interviewing questions.
3. Stress interviewing questions.
4. Competency interviewing questions, focussing on specific required knowledge for tasks to be performed by the job position (testing actual knowledge against job required knowledge and weigh up the potential probability that a candidate will be able to close any required knowledge gaps in a short time period).

If one wants to appoint the best, one must attract the best and be able to choose the best of the best, by applying the best available techniques. Are all the first line supervisors and managers proficient in interviewing techniques?

First line supervisors and managers on all levels normally have the final decision on appointment of subordinates, with or without the input of other committee members. In most cases they perform these duties according to own interpretations, without proper knowledge and insight in best practices for taking in new employees. In other words they may not be equipped to perform these duties to the best interest of the employer.

4. Strategic planning:

We facilitate strategic planning sessions for organisation top leaders or coach them and their subordinates how to do it, when requested

See what other authoritative experts are saying at these pages:

The minimum quantity of enrollments required per training subject is 25. Participants also get complimentary free access to the paid membership vault. The venue can also be changed to accommodate bigger groups.

Synopsis: Effective leadership cannot be achieved without strategic planning. One of the main purposes with effective leadership is to give direction for an organisation and one of the best tools to arrive at direction is strategic planning with the SWOT analysis. An effective performance management system cannot be achieved without strategic objectives. Higher human talent productivity cannot be achieved without an effective performance management system. Higher employee motivation cannot be achieved without effective team leadership.
Attracting the required human capital talent cannot be achieved without an effective recruitment system. An effective recruitment system must be adapted to cater for the strategically required organisation culture and team leadership.

We can facilitate soft skills courses on any required subject.

We can also conduct training courses to improve skills in Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Presentations, Microsoft Publications and Microsoft Access.

The benefits of in-house courses (on site on the premises of the organisation) versus out of town seminars are as follows:
– no travelling fees;
– no accommodation fees;
– no fees for meals;
– no unnecessary absenteeism; and
– practical implementation can start immediately after each intermittent class session.

Corporate Education: Corporate Education refers to a system of professional development activities provided to educate employees. It may consist of formal university or college training or informal training provided by non-collegiate institutions. The simplest form of corporate education may be training programs designed “in-house” for an organization that may wish to train their employees on specific aspects of their job processes or responsibilities. More formal relationships may further exist where corporate training is provided to employees through contracts or relationships with educational institutions who may award credit, either at the institution or through a system of CEU (Continuing Education Units).

Many institutions or trainers offering corporate education will provide certificates or diplomas verifying the attendance of the employee. Some employers use corporate and continuing education as part of a holistic human resources effort to determine the performance of the employee and as part of their review systems.

Increasingly organisations appear to be using corporate education and training as an incentive to retain managers and key employees within their organisation. This win-win arrangement creates better educated managers for the organisation and provides the employees with a more marketable portfolio of skills and, in many cases, recognised qualifications.

The difference between Corporate Education and Corporate Training: Most organisations tend to think of corporate education as corporate training. Corporate training programs are often competency based and related to the essential training employees need to operate certain equipment or perform certain tasks in a competent, safe and effective manner. The outcome of a corporate training program is a participant who is either able to operate a piece of equipment or perform a specific task in an effective manner according to pre-determined training criteria.

The primary role of corporate training is to ensure an employee has the knowledge and skills to undertake a specific operation to enable an organisation to continue to operate. Fundamentally, corporate training is centred on knowledge transfer, with an instructor teaching or demonstrating a particular function and the student learning and demonstrating they can apply what they have learnt to a particular operation.

Corporate education, however, adds another dimension and depth to training by involving learners as participants in generating new knowledge that assists an organisation to develop and evolve, rather than maintain the status quo. Corporate education focuses on developing the capability of an organisation to be able to do things and, in particular, the right things in order to be a sustainable and successful organisation.

Corporate education involves a facilitator, rather than an instructor or trainer, to engage participants and encourage them to think about the what, how and why of what they are doing and to challenge their current paradigms. Corporate education is centred on introducing learning techniques to stimulate employees to think about what their organisation does, where it is heading, potential new opportunities for the organisation and new and better ways of doing things. While the role of corporate training is to develop the operational competency of individuals, the purpose of corporate education is to promote the development of capability of both an individual and their organisation.[1]

Increasingly organisations appear to be using corporate education as an incentive to retain managers and key employees within their organisation. This win-win arrangement creates better educated managers and employees for the organisation and gives individual employees a more marketable portfolio of skills and, in many cases, recognised qualifications.[2]

[1] Ryan, L: “Corporate Education: A Practical Guide to Effective Corporate Learning”, p2-3. Griffin Press. 2010. ISBN 978-0-646-52812-0.
[2] Prince, C: “Strategic Change: the role of in-company management education”. Strategic Change: 9, 167-175. John Wiley & Sons. 2000

Article Sources and Contributors: Corporate Education Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?oldid=545573776, Contributors: Akerans, Autodafey, JaGa, Jean.julius, Learnace, Malcolma, Mdayton7
License: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0//creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/

We offer facilitation of live training workshops and rescue and turnaround services to medium and big businesses.

Also read this post on organisation transformation.

The necessity of a formal performance management system can become less important, when the majority of the workforce of an organisation becomes mature enough to replace the formal system with a personal self-driven informal monitoring system. In other words, it can be abandoned, when individuals have received ample internal training to apply all the elements of a performance management system automatically themselves on an individual basis, without being officially forced to do so. However, how many can lay claim to this type of knowledge and maturity?

The following e-book training manual titled “Interviewer skills” is also included in the package for persons who buy membership:

Interviewer skills training manual

Unheard of bonus: All employee attendees of any of our in-house training courses also get free entry into our membership library, which cloud hosts the most comprehensive and diverse educational topics to enrich and satisfy all inquisitive minds and at the same time uplift the knowledge base of the employee corps! In other words, free access to all our other training material and educational e-books, for no extra costs! It can keep them growing and developing for years into the future!


Business expansion footer

Posted by: | Posted on: February 19, 2018

Organisation transformation

Organisation transformation.

Organisation transformation by consciously improving leadership qualities.

Organisation transformation by specifically improving team leadership skills of persons in positions of authority.

Team leadership ebook ecover

This page is especially dedicated to Human Resources Specialists, Human Relations Specialists, Strategic Planners and persons responsible for organisation transformation, organisation improvement or organisation culture change.

Valuable links to scientific research findings on team leadership effectiveness:


Here is our publication titled “Helping Hand for Human Relations Specialists”, with questionnaires inside to help an organisation gauge its overall position with regard to leadership qualities and ways to elevate it to a preferred position.

Organisation leadership transformation questionnaires ebook ecover

Clarification of the importance of the questionnaires inside this publication:

The first two questionnaires are based on the research outcomes on “Dynamic Team Leadership” by a knowledgeable University Professor in Creativity and Business Improvement.

Questionnaire 3 is based on the most significant personality traits to improve for enhancing the eleven most significant team leadership skills.

Questionnaire 4 is based on the 11 most significant team leadership skills to cultivate for strengthening the execution of the eleven most significant team leadership principles, which have a 98% impact on the effectiveness of team leadership.

The most significant personality traits, team leadership skills and team leadership principles are based on research outcomes by Psychologists in the USA. It is almost identical to the same training used by the USA Navy, other organisation trainers and several prominent organisations.

By using these questionnaires in an organisation-wide survey, one can identify individual and group shortcomings, which can be used for specific organisation-wide improvement action planning.

The benefits of effective team leadership are:

1. It is the most significant skills asset to endow on the human capital workforce of any organisation.
2. It breeds encouragement for self-growth in needed capabilities.
3. Higher motivation of subordinates.
4. Higher enthusiasm for assigned job tasks.
5. Higher level of initiative in independent problem-solving versus problem reporting.
6. Higher level of creativity in streamlining work flow.
7. Higher satisfaction in the higher order of job satisfiers like self-actualisation.
8. Happier more productive employees.
9. Higher customer/client satisfaction and loyalty
10. Higher organisational gains like profits and growth.

Definition of the core function of a team leader:

A team leader has a twofold responsibility:

1. The first responsibility is task oriented in the form of providing a proper performance management system, which will give subordinates focus and direction, to encourage them psychologically to excel and be more productive in the tasks they are supposed to perform, in support of the organisation strategic plan.

2. The second responsibility is people oriented in the form of providing a psychological environment, which can inspire subordinates to higher innovation and creativity with the tasks they are supposed to perform.

In short, there is a twofold responsibility on a team leader to design and provide two psychological infrastructures, conducive for breeding all-round improvements, wherein subordinates can thrive and pleasurably deliver their best efforts.

People in positions of authority have an obligation to provide both psychological platforms or frameworks, which are in favour of the best interest of the organisation.

Significant research findings already established more than 70 years ago by the Dale Carnegie Institute are:

1. Only 15 percent of one’s financial success is due to technical knowledge like engineering, while 85% of one’s financial success is due to skills in human engineering, such as personality and the ability to lead people.

2. the highest technical knowledge is often not enough, but the person with technical knowledge plus ability to express ideas, to assume leadership and arouse enthusiasm in people, are the most successful.

The same research findings have been re-confirmed in modern times. What then, is holding us back?

Most persons who are placed into positions of authority, will naturally only slowly and gradually grow from a cloudy authoritarian state of mind to a wiser state of mind. In other words, they need some form of intervention to wake them up faster to the wisdom of how to get the best out of subordinates.

Those who may be interested in a blueprint survey questionnaire to evaluate the leadership health in an organisation (your own or another), can get a free copy of this publication by subscribing for free membership. At the same time free membership subscription will also qualify you to receive more than 120 free products.

To get the download links, one must confirm the authenticity of one’s email address, by clicking the link in our email to you. If you do not confirm, the links will never reach you in our second email.

View all the free products in our image album.

Dale Carnegie profile photo

“Forget yourself by becoming interested in others. Do every day a good deed that will put a smile of joy on someone’s face.” – Dale Carnegie, the very first person in history to lead and do research on human interrelationships.

Sir Richard Branson quote on organisation culture image

Sir Richard Charles Nicholas Branson (born 18 July 1950) is an English business magnate, investor, and philanthropist. He is best known as the founder of Virgin Group, which comprises more than 400 companies.

A healthy organisation culture:

Organizations should strive for what is considered a “healthy” organizational culture in order to increase productivity, growth, efficiency and reduce counterproductive behaviour and turnover of employees. A variety of characteristics describe a healthy culture, including:

– Acceptance and appreciation for diversity
– Regard for and fair treatment of each employee as well as respect for each employee’s contribution to the company
– Employee pride and enthusiasm for the organization and the work performed
– Equal opportunity for each employee to realize their full potential within the company
– Strong communication with all employees regarding policies and company issues
– Strong company leaders with a strong sense of direction and purpose
– Ability to compete in industry innovation and customer service, as well as price
– Lower than average turnover rates (perpetuated by a healthy culture)
– Investment in learning, training and employee knowledge

Additionally, performance oriented cultures have been shown to possess statistically better financial growth. Such cultures possess high employee involvement, strong internal communications and an acceptance and encouragement of a healthy level of risk-taking in order to achieve innovation. Additionally, organizational cultures that explicitly emphasize factors related to the demands placed on them by industry technology and growth will be better performers in their industries.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Organizational_culture

How to change to a healthy organisation culture:

According to Kim Cameron, Ross School of Business, University of Michigan, organisations wanting to improve culture to a healthy state, must strive to reach the following criteria:

1. Dominant characteristics:
1.1 The organization is a very special place. It is like an extended family. People seem to share a lot of themselves.
1.2 The organization is a very dynamic and entrepreneurial place. People are willing to stick their necks out and take risks.
1.3 The organization is very production oriented. A major concern is with getting the job done. People are very competitive and achievement oriented.
1.4 The organization is a very formalized and structured place. Bureaucratic procedures generally govern what people do.

2. Organizational leaders:
2.1 The leaders of the organization are generally considered to be mentors, facilitators or parent figures.
2.2 The leaders of the organization are generally considered to be entrepreneurs, innovators or risk takers.
2.3 The leaders of the organization are generally considered to be hard-drivers, producers or competitors.
2.4 The leaders of the organization are generally considered to be coordinators, organizers or efficiency experts.

3. Management of employees:
3.1 The management style in the organization is characterized by teamwork, consensus and participation.
3.2 The management style in the organization is characterized by individual risk-taking, innovation, flexibility and uniqueness.
3.3 The management style in the organization is characterized by hard-driving competitiveness, goal directed and achievement.
3.4 The management style in the organization is characterized by careful monitoring of performance, longevity in position and predictability.

4. Organization glue:
4.1 The glue that holds the organization together is loyalty and mutual trust. Commitment to this organization runs high.
4.2 The glue that holds the organization together is orientation toward innovation and development. There is an emphasis on being on the cutting edge.
4.3 The glue that holds the organization together is the emphasis on production and goal accomplishment. Marketplace aggressiveness is a common theme.
4.4 The glue that holds the organization together is formal rules and policies. Maintaining a smooth running organization is important.

5. Strategic emphasis:
5.1 The organization emphasizes human development. High trust, openness and participation persist.
5.2 The organization emphasizes acquiring new resources and meeting new challenges. Trying new things and prospecting for new opportunities are valued.
5.3 The organization emphasizes competitive actions and achievement. Measurement targets and objectives are dominant.
5.4 The organization emphasizes permanence and stability. Efficient, smooth operations are important.

6. Criteria of success:
6.1 The organization defines success on the basis of development of human resources, teamwork and concern for people.
6.2 The organization defines success on the basis of having the most unique or the newest products. It is a product leader and innovator.
6.3 The organization defines success on the basis of market penetration and market share. Competitive market leadership is key.
6.4 The organization defines success on the basis of efficiency. Dependable delivery, smooth scheduling and low cost production are critical.

Source: In Thomas G. Cummings (Ed.) Handbook of Organizational Development, (pages 429-445) Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publishing

Continuous incremental performance improvement:

Continuous incremental performance improvement of systems, processes, machines, equipment, products and services is achieved through continuous incremental improvement in knowledge, skills, competencies, experience, research, learning and transformation of innovative ideas into reality by human beings with their godly bestowed incredible brains.

The ways and methods we use to challenge, stimulate, motivate, communicate, influence and unlock the brain power of each other to make our surroundings, our organisations and our world a better place, are therefore of paramount importance for improved changes.

We gain continuous incremental improvement in knowledge, skills, competencies and capabilities through study and learning in the following ways:

1. Continuous education
2. Continuous coaching
3. Continuous training
4. Continuous mentoring
5. Continuous development efforts
6. Continuous implementation of new knowledge

The greatest challenge for organisations is to improve and utilize the power of human talent through the best tested research results and practices of team leadership.

Talent development refers to an organization’s ability to align strategic training and career opportunities for employees. Training can sometimes also be referred to as a tool for change management and improved organizational culture.

Teams become effective because they are allowed to and encouraged to become effective by an effective team leader.

Different prominent leaders in business and various industries say the biggest asset in their organisations is human capital.

One can get two different organisations in the same industry, making use of the same technology, machines, equipment and processes, yet the one can outperform another one due to the difference human beings can make to the end results.

See the video below on project planning and execution. This methodology as advocated in engineering degrees for big construction projects, can also be used for other non-engineering types of projects. For instance, the critical path method (CPM) can be used for planning a change in organisational culture.

Click the arrow to start the video:

At what level are your leadership growth?

If one makes use of the CPM for analysis reasons, one can just as well take it a step further and also use PERT. Here is a short description of PERT borrowed from Wikipedia:

“The program (or project) evaluation and review technique, commonly abbreviated PERT, is a statistical tool, used in project management, which was designed to analyze and represent the tasks involved in completing a given project. First developed by the United States Navy in the 1950’s, it is commonly used in conjunction with the critical path method (CPM).”

My way of thinking: Do I have a positive productivity? Is the value that I give back to my organisation equal to or greater than my total cost to the organisation?

If one does not think in this way, one will not have the constant urge to improve oneself and things around oneself.

Let this be a wake-up call to all of us.

Primary and secondary style: The primary leadership style is the one that shows instinctively, from deep-rooted belief systems about human behaviour. What comes out of your mouth can influence others negatively or positively; restrictively or encouraging; destructively or constructively. “My way or the highway”.

The secondary leadership style is the one where we fall back on, when the primary one fails miserably. It is what we have learned over time that can also sometimes works.

The challenge is to merge the two into one natural style, which can bring forth the best in our subordinates.

How to change: We were not born with our habits, attitudes and self-images but we gradually developed them.

It is not like a hereditary trait or disease in the genes or cells. We can group habits, attitudes and self-images as psychological beliefs!

That is why it is possible to change them. Because of their psychological basis, we can change them by means of psychological methods such as new development goals, visualisation, imprinting and imagery.

Anyone can become a leader. All the characteristics and traits of leadership can be acquired through learning and practice.

Leadership is not synonymous with assertiveness, despotic behaviour or managerial position. Assertiveness is a good quality only if it can be backed up by respect. Respect stems from various sources as outlined lower down on this page.

Management is about doing things efficiently. Leadership is about doing things differently, in new ways, in better ways. Leadership is about lateral thinking, being innovative and creative.

Leadership is not limited to the top echelon in an organisation. Any person in an organisation, who can differentiate him or herself by being inventive, can be a leader. If you display inventiveness, others will follow your direction naturally out of respect.

Leadership does not follow lines of authority. More often than not, creativity stems from the floor level nearest to the processes and problems. Leadership is therefore by no means limited to the formal structure of supervisory and managerial positions.

The role of leadership can be earned in many ways, small or big. For instance, you can display leadership and earn respect from others in the following ways:

– Expert or superior knowledge about a subject or something
– Excellence in execution of tasks
– Positive attitude, high morale
– High ethical values and codes of conduct
– Good human relations
– Streamlining paper work, production, methods and your use of time
– Being innovative or creative

Innovativeness usually results in bigger leaps with more benefits and profits. It can therefore be most profitable for an employer to cultivate, encourage and support the development of creativity and risk taking in all employees.

Therefore, the most important quality to develop and the fastest way in order to become a leader, is through creativity. To improve leadership further, one must be able to induce innovativeness and creativity in subordinates.

The necessity of a formal performance management system can become less important, when the majority of the workforce of an organisation becomes mature enough to replace the formal system with a personal self-driven informal monitoring system. In other words, it can be abandoned, when individuals have received ample internal/external training to apply all the elements of a performance management system automatically themselves on an individual basis, without being officially forced to do so. However, how many can lay claim to this type of knowledge and maturity?

Organisation transformation footer

Posted by: | Posted on: February 15, 2018

How to get higher marks in exams

Free study techniques header cover

How to get higher marks in exams

Have you got an important test coming up that you really want to ace? Do you generally want to improve your grades? There are a number of tricks and practices which can significantly improve your chances of scoring high on a test. This article will help you in studying, analysing and solving exam questions, so read on!

1. Absorbing knowledge efficiently

1.1 Pay attention in your classes and concentrate. The best thing you can do to raise your test scores is to pay attention when you’re supposed to be learning the material: in class! Letting your mind wander or not showing up at all are both likely to make you miss out on key information that will later appear on tests.

1.2 Take good notes. This is important if you want to have an easier time studying later. Not only will writing the information down as you learn it help you in absorbing the information and paying attention, but you’ll have a reference for when you go to study later.

1.3 Do your homework. Homework, such as assignments and at-home reading are where you will find the rest of the information that will be on tests, so doing this homework is important. Schedule time and set aside a quiet place just for homework to help beat the procrastination blues.

1.4 Use mnemonics and other tricks. Various memory tricks really can be useful for remembering certain things like numbers, categories, and lists. Just make sure that you learn them correctly and don’t mix them up!

• Mnemonics are phrases which can help you remember the order of certain things. For example, “Katy Perry Came Over for Great Songs” is a great way to remember the biological classifications (Kingdom, Phylum, Class, Order, Family, Genus, Species).
• Another memory trick is if you have to remember a string of numbers. Instead of trying to remember 2537610925, for example, break it up like a phone number: 253-761-0925. You can break up dates this way too. 14 Oct 1066 (the Battle of Hastings) can become a locker combination: 14-10-66.

1.5 Do practice tests. Ask your teacher or go online and print a few practice tests. Taking a practice test will help you figure out how much information you actually know vs how much information you think you know. Knowing your weak spots before a test is crucial!

2. Studying like a pro

2.1 Study frequently. Studying hard for only a few hours the night before the test isn’t going to help ensure perfect scores. If you really want to ace those exams, study old and new material every day, or at least several times a week. This will make test-taking a breeze.

• Take study breaks. When you study, make sure you take a 5-10 minute break after every 30 minutes of study. This will help keep your brain from getting overloaded and give it more time to absorb the information.
• On study breaks, try not to fill your brain with more information, even if that information is more about your favourite celebrity’s latest concert rather than Winston Churchill’s foreign policy.

2.2 Study according to your learning style. You may know that different people have different learning styles. Some people are visual learners, some people prefer sound, some need physical motion, and so on. Know how you learn best and work that into how you study.

• For example, if you learn better by physically doing things, try walking around while you study. If you learn better with sounds associated with the information, listen to music while you study. If you’re a visual learner, make a chart of the information you have to know.

2.3 Take advantage of sense memory. Your brain is pretty good at associating smells or sounds with ideas or memories. You should take advantage of this! While you’re studying, wear some unusual cologne or perfume (with a smell you don’t usually encounter) and then expose yourself to that smell again right before or during a test.

2.4 Listen to music . Your teacher probably won’t let you have headphones during a test, but you should at least listen to music, specifically classical music, right before taking a test.[1] Studies have proven that exposure to certain types of music right before rigorous mental activity can really help, by waking up your brain and increasing your awareness.

3. Preparing your body

3.1 Eat right. The most important thing is to eat, full stop. Being hungry during a test will distract you and make you tired. Don’t eat too soon before a test though, as some foods can make you tired. Instead, make sure you get a meal filled with lean protein before you have to take a test.

• Eating healthy will generally boost brain performance too, so make sure you’re always eating a healthy diet to help you learn all through school.

3.2 Sleep well. If you don’t sleep you won’t be able to focus when the pressure’s on! Make sure to go to bed early the night before a test, rather than staying up all night to study. Your brain won’t be able to hold on to all that crammed information anyway.

3.3 Have all the necessary supplies. Go to your test with all of the calculators, pens, pencils, blank paper, and other supplies you might need. Not having these things could mean you’ll have a much harder time!

3.4 Drink lots of water. Getting dehydrated during a test can be distracting and reduce your ability to think clearly. Stay hydrated before your test and bring a bottle of water with you to the test as well.

3.5 Don’t do anything different. If you aren’t used to drinking coffee, now is a bad time to start. Try not to do anything different in your basic routine the day of or the night before the test. This can really throw you off.

4. Acing the test

4.1 Write important things down first. As soon as the test starts, write down all formulas or other important information on some scratch paper before you start going through the questions. This will help keep you from blanking when you need that information later.

4.2 Do the problems you know first. Always do the fast, easy problems to which you know the answer first. This will help make sure that you get as much of the test done as possible. If you get stuck, just move on to the next problem that you can answer quickly.

4.3 Cross out the wrong answers. Once you’ve answered the questions you know, move on to the ones you’re not sure about. When you’re dealing with multiple choice questions, eliminating answers that you know are impossible or silly will help you better decide between the possible options.

4.4 Look for clues in the other questions. Sometimes the answer to a question can be contained within or hinted at in another question on the test. Look at other answers or questions to help jog your memory.

4.5 Never leave questions blank. Unless you’re docked for incorrect answers, never just leave a question blank. Especially if it’s multiple choice; you’ll at least have a 25% chance of getting the right answer.

• As mentioned above, this is where eliminating wrong answers will come in handy.

4.6 Pace yourself. This is important! Always keep track of how much time you have and try to use your time wisely. You can always go back to check or improve your answers later!

5. More study tips:

• Focus. When studying for your exam, be somewhere where there are no distractions. Also, make sure you have eaten and have had plenty of sleep, otherwise you could become tired and unfocused easily. Have no distracting things around you.
• Get rid of any unnecessary ‘time wasting mechanisms’ while studying. This includes TV, computer (only if you need Internet access), mobile phones, tablet, or even your siblings!
• Studying while containing fear inside yourself is a waste. Get rid of fear and any other possible bad feelings before studying.
• A good timetable will help you. You may organize it in such a way that a long/hard subject takes more space than a short/easy subject. Remember, however, that all subjects should be studied.
• Make notes while studying. Write a synopsis for your subject if you are studying it for the first time/ in the beginning of the school year. This will help you in the future examinations by allowing you to remember the contents of your subjects.
• Make a list of all the things you need to do to study for each subject, and how long you think it will take you. Use this information to make up a study timetable. Be certain that you have given yourself all the time you think you need, plus a little extra per subject, in your study plan. Also make sure your study plan has enough space in it, so if something comes up one day, you can shuffle around your plan so that you don’t lose study time.
• Study in a silent place, so that your mind won’t be distracted from what you’re studying.
• Never fret over lost marks in previous exams and get depressed. Instead, take a deep breath whenever you think about it, be optimistic and study well for upcoming exams. This will help you to do well in your exams.
• There is no shortcut to success. For this reason, you have to make a great deal of effort.
• Studying while having something in mind that you want to do is a waste of time. Do everything you want first then study; as your brain will not beg you to stop studying. However, if you have nothing in mind, then don’t play (for example) before studying – finish your job towards school and then enjoy in the rest of the day.
• Attempt the questions which you find easy first and then the ones that seem harder.
• Study in phases. Each phase should not exceed 40 minutes in time. Take a break after each phase (up to 20 minutes).
• Write clearly and be direct to the point. Don’t write any irrelevant information. Don’t wrap the right answer in a wrong answer. Write in full sentences. Don’t expect the examiner to link your sentences, fill in the space or any other thing. Think that the examiner is your little brother, and you are explaining to him.
• Each subject has a unique way of preparing, studying and answering its questions. Some competitive exams (university exams, for example) need a long and complex preparation, while your school exams may need preparation of one or two weeks.
• When you are preparing for a test or exam- forget about the actual test or an exam and just know that what you are doing exactly.
• Never try to study at the last moment, because it doesn’t work and you will forget everything that you learned in the past 2 hours.
• Make sure you are studying in a place with bright light. It will make you feel fresh.
• Never try to cheat in exam or any type of test.
• Have a good night’s sleep and wake up early in the morning to go over the topic. This helps refresh your mind, helping you consume information easier rather than going it over at night when your mind is tired.
• Don’t use cell phones and social media while studying, even when you are on a break.
• Search the internet for some good tips for studying and jot them down in a notebook or a piece of paper.

6. Warnings

• Do not be overconfident. If you are, then your grades will slip. For example, you get 95/100 in you maths exam, and if you think you don’t need to study, your second exam you will get 80/100.
• Never try to cheat. You are very likely to get caught, which would result in a zero. Be confident. Believe in yourself. If you have the attitude to do well, then you will!

Source: https://www.wikihow.com/Get-Higher-Marks-in-Exams

More free study tips:










The Best Music for Study? Boost Productivity with These Proven Tips and Listens

No matter how intensive and hard you search, the best study techniques on the planet is right here under your nose. It is the first priority for a better lifelong career path for all young people.

Click me to see it cartoon image

Believe in yourself footer cover

Posted by: | Posted on: February 7, 2018

Review of how to score high in exams training manual

Effective study techniques header

Review of how to score high in exams training manual.

The title of the training manual is “How to attain high scores in tests and examinations at High School, College and University”.

The success of a memorisation technique, depends on how strong it can build chemical brain bridges for increased brain retention and brain recalling abilities.

This is the first priority for any young pupil or student to a career path into the future.

How to conquer examination stress.

Study workload cartoon

How to get rid of examination anxiety forever!

See these short videos on how to elevate exam results to new heights:



No matter how intensive and hard you search, the best study techniques on the planet is right here under your nose. It is the first foundation building block to a lifelong career path for all young people. We have reconstructed this website, so you have to click the mascot below to go to the correct page.

Click me to see it cartoon image


Believe in yourself footer cover

Posted by: | Posted on: February 3, 2018

Faster and flatter communication

Faster and flatter communication on a cloud platform

Do a search for “benefits of cloud” and see what comes up in an internet search.

Here are some uses of cloud storage:

  • Store files
  • Deploy software
  • Deploy websites
  • Deploy products
  • Deploy communication
  • Sharing of information to any location on earth with an internet connection.

No matter how flat or steep the hierarchy levels of organisations or businesses are, a cloud platform can provide faster and flatter communication to people, who are destined to see and use the information.

That is also why armies are using it for faster warfare actions based on new information about any enemies they may have to confront.

Here is a simple example of how a business can use it for faster information sharing to initiate faster corrective actions. The example with the billboard images below is about departmental performance management control reports. It can be in the form of slides, videos, audios, combinations of those or even PDF files. It can also be in the form of ongoing text messaging between different people or groups.

Company quarterly performance report:

Company quarterly performance report

Department monthly production report:

Department monthly performance report

Sections weekly performance reports:

Sections weekly performance reports

Sections daily process performance reports:

Sections daily process performance reports

3 Shift milling process 8 hour reports:

3 Shift milling process 8 hour reports

3 Shift blending process 8 hour reports:

3 Shift blending process 8 hour reports

3 Shift packaging process 8 hour reports:

3 Shift packaging process 8 hour reports

Next department monthly production report:

Next department monthly production report


Posted by: | Posted on: December 16, 2017

Organic farming for a greener environment

Organic farming header

Organic farming for a greener environment

The meaning of organic farming:

Organic farming is an alternative agricultural system which originated early in the 20th century in reaction to rapidly changing farming practices. Organic farming continues to be developed by various organic agriculture organizations today.

It relies on fertilizers of organic origin such as compost manure, green manure, and bone meal and places emphasis on techniques such as crop rotation and companion planting. Biological pest control, mixed cropping and the fostering of insect predators are encouraged. In general, organic standards are designed to allow the use of naturally occurring substances while prohibiting or strictly limiting synthetic substances.

For instance, naturally occurring pesticides such as pyrethrin and rotenone are permitted, while synthetic fertilizers and pesticides are generally prohibited. Synthetic substances that are allowed include, for example, copper sulfate, elemental sulfur and Ivermectin. Genetically modified organisms, nanomaterials, human sewage sludge, plant growth regulators, hormones, and antibiotic use in livestock husbandry are prohibited.

Reasons for advocation of organic farming include real or perceived advantages in sustainability, openness, self-sufficiency, autonomy/independence, health, food security, and food safety, although the match between perception and reality is continually challenged.

Organic agricultural methods are internationally regulated and legally enforced by many nations, based in large part on the standards set by the International Federation of Organic Agriculture Movements (IFOAM), an international umbrella organization for organic farming organizations established in 1972.

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Organic_farming

Other source: http://www.omafra.gov.on.ca/english/crops/facts/09-077.htm

The rationale behind organic farming:

By farming organically, the dependence on chemicals is removed.  By eliminating chemicals used in regular farming, the vegetables and other products will be healthier because they will get the nutrients by natural means.  Unlike traditional farming; organic farming will help to prevent potentially harmful toxins from entering human bodies.  Lastly, it is much more environmentally friendly.

The biggest problems, with using modern farming products, are the man-made chemicals.  The modern farming products such as fertilizers, pesticides, etc. contaminate the health of humans and the health of the environment.  The reason behind this is because the chemicals do not just stay on the soil.  These chemicals seep into the ground and poison water supplies, gardens, your home, and as mentioned, your health.  The use of modern farming products containing man-made chemicals are responsible for the reduction of the Earth’s ozone layer; and they also have been linked to serious health problems, including cancer, in humans.

When one decide to farm/garden organically, one can eliminate the concern for destroying the environment, but more importantly, one can eliminate the concern for own health, family members health and general population health and well-being.  When one use modern farming products; the toxic chemicals are transferred to ones’ body and clothing. Obviously, these toxic chemicals could then be transferred to your children or significant number of other people.  Not to mention, if you plant vegetables non-organically, toxic chemicals will be absorbed by your vegetables; and in turn, will be ingested by you and your family.  In fact, one common ailment which affects avid gardeners is dermatitis.  By farming organically, you can eliminate getting dermatitis of the hands.

By deciding to garden organically, you’ll help prevent the poisoning of groundwater and prevent adding further toxins to the soil.  When man-made chemicals are used for farming, it poisons other plants.  Because these man-made chemicals poison the water and other plants, it can be dangerous, or even deadly, to little creatures that rely on the water to drink or plants to eat. Lastly, the chemicals used will evaporate into the atmosphere and return in the form of contaminated rain and/or snow.

The definition of organic farming:

Organic agriculture can be defined as:

“An integrated farming system that strives for sustainability, the enhancement of soil fertility and biological diversity whilst, with rare exceptions, prohibiting synthetic pesticides, antibiotics, synthetic fertilizers, genetically modified organisms, and growth hormones.”

Since 1990 the market for organic food and other products has grown rapidly, reaching $63 billion worldwide in 2012. This demand has driven a similar increase in organically managed farmland that grew from 2001 to 2011 at a compounding rate of 8.9% per annum.

As of 2011, approximately 37,000,000 hectares (91,000,000 acres) worldwide were farmed organically, representing approximately 0.9 percent of total world farmland.

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Organic_farming

The most simple expression of organic farming is: “No chemical pesticides plus No chemical fertilizers plus Certification equal soil improvement, product improvement, better soil water retention and higher prices”.

Organic Agriculture is a sustainable agricultural production system that builds on ecological processes without using synthetic chemical inputs, in order to obtain food (or other products) meeting certain quality specifications

In 1972 the International Federation of Organic Agriculture Movements (IFOAM) was created as a forum for different actors engaged in organic farming.

The IFOAM Definition of Organic Agriculture:

“Organic Agriculture is a production system that sustains the health of soils, ecosystems and people. It relies on ecological processes, biodiversity and cycles adapted to local conditions, rather than the use of inputs with adverse effects. Organic Agriculture combines tradition, innovation and science to benefit the shared environment and promote fair relationships and a good quality of life for all involved.”

Principles of Organic Agriculture

1. Principle of health: Organic Agriculture should sustain and enhance the health of soil, plant, animal, human and planet as one and indivisible.
2. Principle of ecology: Organic Agriculture should be based on living ecological systems and cycles, work with them, emulate them and help sustain them.
3. Principle of fairness: Organic Agriculture should build on relationships that ensure fairness with regard to common environment and life opportunities.
4. Principle of care: Organic Agriculture should be managed in precautionary and responsible manner to protect the health and well-being of current and future generations and the environment.

The private sector’s guideline is the International Basic Standards for Organic Production and Processing, created by IFOAM. The IFOAM Basic Standards define how organic products are grown, produced, processed and handled. They reflect the current state of organic production and processing methods and include a list of substances permitted in the production. IFOAM Basic Standards – together with the IFOAM Accreditation Criteria – constitute the IFOAM Norms, which provide a framework for certification bodies and standard-setting organizations world-wide to develop their own certification standards.

• IFOAM Guarantee system: https://www.ifoam.bio/

Other sources:




The environmental benefits of organic farming:

1. Organic farming discourages environmental exposure to pesticides and chemicals
2. Organic farming builds healthy soil
3. Organic farming helps combat erosion
4. Organic farming fights the effects of global warming
5. Organic farming supports water conservation and water health
6. Organic farming discourages algae blooms
7. Organic farming supports animal health and welfare
8. Organic farming encourages biodiversity

Source: https://www.thebalance.com/environmental-benefits-of-organic-farming-2538317

Advantages of organic farming:

Some of the advantages of organic agriculture:

  • contributes to mitigate climate change
  • builds resilient farming systems
  • reduces poverty
  • improves food security
  • aligns economic development with sustainability
  • meets health considerations
  • decreases pollution

Other source: https://www.quora.com/What-are-the-advantages-and-disadvantages-of-organic-farming

See this video on organic farming:

Organic fertilizer:

Organic fertilizer must be free of chemical pesticides and other harmful chemicals.

Organic fertilizers are used to improve soil quality and tilth, and to provide nutrients for plant growth. They provide nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium, as well as other elements essential for plant development and overall good health.

Nitrogen (N) promotes growth in plant leaves and stems. Phosphorus (P) is vital for seed germination, strong root systems, disease resistance, flower formation and fruit formation. Potassium (K) helps plants form sugars, starches, carbohydrates and proteins. It also helps fortify plants’ immune systems, strengthen stems, protect against the cold, preserve water and encourages fruit ripening.

Top organic fertilizer sources of Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium:

Nitrogen (N): bat guano, blood/blood meal, crab waste, feather meal, fish meal (dry), hair, hoof/horn meal, shrimp waste, manure and compost.

Phosphorus (P): bat guano, bone meal, crab waste, cucumber skins (burned), hair, mushroom compost, phosphate, shrimp waste, manure and compost.

Potassium (K): crab waste, cucumber skins (burned), granite (dust), greensand, kaolinite (clay), kelp, sulfate of potash magnesia, wood ashes, manure and compost.


Compost is organic matter that has been decomposed and recycled as a fertilizer and soil amendment. Compost is a key ingredient in organic farming.

At the simplest level, the process of composting requires making a heap of wet organic matter known as green waste (leaves, food waste) and waiting for the materials to break down into humus after a period of weeks or months. Modern, methodical composting is a multi-step, closely monitored process with measured inputs of water, air, carbon and nitrogen-rich materials.

The decomposition process is aided by shredding the plant matter, adding water and ensuring proper aeration by regularly turning the mixture. Worms and fungi further break up the material. Bacteria requiring oxygen to function (aerobic bacteria) and fungi, manage the chemical process by converting the inputs into heat, carbon dioxide and ammonium. The ammonium (NH+4) is the form of nitrogen used by plants. When available ammonium is not used by plants, it is further converted by bacteria into nitrates (NO−3) through the process of nitrification.

Compost is rich in nutrients. It is used in gardens, landscaping, horticulture and agriculture. The compost itself is beneficial for the land in many ways, including as a soil conditioner, a fertilizer, addition of vital humus or humic acids and as a natural pesticide for soil. In ecosystems, compost is useful for erosion control, land and stream reclamation, wetland construction and as landfill cover (see compost uses). Organic ingredients intended for composting can alternatively be used to generate biogas through anaerobic digestion.

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compost

A more complete list of organic composting material:

The carbon to nitrogen ratio is listed with each material type. The higher the carbon content, the longer for the fermenting process to complete.

Fresh chicken manure (laying) 6:1, Tomato processing waste 11:1, Vegetable waste 12:1, Alfalfa hay 13:1, Fresh chicken manure (broiler) 14:1, Sheep manure 16:1, Fresh turkey manure 16:1, Grass clippings 17:1, Seaweed 19:1, Fresh cattle manure 19:1, Rotted manure 20:1, Apple pomace 21:1, Fresh horse manure 22:1, Grape pomace 28:1, Legume shells 30:1, Cereal hay 32:1, Dry leaves 40–80:1, Corn stalks 50:1, Oat straw 74:1, Grain chaff and hulls (e.g., rice hulls) 80–120:1, Straw 80:1, Timothy hay 80:1, Paper 170:1, Newsprint, cardboard 400:1, Sawdust 400:1, Wood chips, shavings 500+:1.

The addition of micro-organism activators into the compost mixture of soil and compost material, is recommended to speed up the fermenting process and improve sustainable soil health.

See this video on how to make organic compost at home:

The role of earthworms in organic compost:

Earthworms can play a significant role in enhancing soil fertility and plant productivity in a number of direct and indirect ways.

Earthworms can convert compost material through their digestive systems to richer compost and soil to richer soil, while they are there.

Earthworm activity can enhance soil nutrient cycling, the activity of other beneficial soil organisms, and soil physical properties, such as soil structure and tilth.

Earthworms crawl through soil consuming organic matter and in the process break it down (decompose it) and produce worm castings (worm manure), which are rich in nutrients, humus and microorganisms. In this process, earthworms also mix and aerate the soil. Together all of these effects help improve numerous soil physical characteristics. Additionally, the earthworm activity helps make nutrients available to plants while moderating the soil pH.

Earthworms are beneficial to the soil for the following reasons:

1. Worm manure droppings have near neutral pH (pH 7).
2. Worm manure droppings are rich in plant accessible nutrients (e.g, high in N, P, K and Mg).
3. Worm manure droppings provide a home for beneficial microorganisms.
4. Worm manure droppings have a high percentage of organic matter. This allows the soil to absorb and hold more water.
5. Worm manure droppings include mucus produced by the earthworms, which contributes to improved soil structure.

The only danger from earthworms, is that they can over-populate a piece of soil and eat the good components in compost away too quickly. Try to maintain a healthy balance by harvesting some of them and sell it to anglers and other organic farmers.


“Suitable worm species:

One of the species most often used for composting is the red wiggler or tiger worm (Eisenia fetida or Eisenia andrei); Lumbricus rubellus (a.k.a. red earthworm or dilong (China)) is another breed of worm that can be used, but it does not adapt as well to the shallow compost bin as does Eisenia fetida. European nightcrawlers (Eisenia hortensis) may also be used. Users refer to European nightcrawlers by a variety of other names, including dendrobaenas, dendras, and Belgian nightcrawlers. African Nightcrawlers (Eudrilus eugeniae) are another set of popular composters. Lumbricus terrestris (a.k.a. Canadian nightcrawlers (US) or common earthworm (UK)) are not recommended, as they burrow deeper than most compost bins can accommodate.

Blue worms (Perionyx excavatus) may be used in the tropics.

These species commonly are found in organic-rich soils throughout Europe and North America and live in rotting vegetation, compost, and manure piles. They may be an invasive species in some areas. As they are shallow-dwelling and feed on decomposing plant matter in the soil, they adapt easily to living on food or plant waste in the confines of a worm bin.

Composting worms are available to order online, from nursery mail-order suppliers or angling shops where they are sold as bait. They can also be collected from compost and manure piles. These species are not the same worms that are found in ordinary soil or on pavement when the soil is flooded by water.”

Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vermicompost

Get the following publications free when you subscribe:

Organic farming training manual of 105 pages:

Organic farming training manual

Table of contents for”Organic farming training manual”:

List of figures
List of tables
1. Introduction to Organic Agriculture
2. Considerations for Conversion to Organic Agriculture
Analysis of the location
Farm-related challenges to conversion
1. Farms with high external input use
2. Farm with low external input use
3. Mixed farm
4. Degraded land
Climate related challenges to conversion
3. Step by Step Conversion to Organic Agriculture
Step 1: Good information first
Step 2: Getting familiar with organic practices
Step 3: Full conversion to organic farming
4. Mulching in Organic Agriculture
5. Water Management in Organic Agriculture
How to keep the water in the soil?
Harvesting water
1. Increasing infiltration
2. Water storage
Drip irrigation systems
6. Crop Planning and Management in Organic Agriculture
Crop rotation
Cover crops
Crop –Animal association
Designing cropping systems
7. Nutrient Management in Organic Agriculture
1. The heating phase:
2. The cooling phase:
3. The maturing phase:
4. Different systems and methods
Green manures
1. Green manures have a number of benefits:
2. Factors to consider before growing green manures:
3. How to use green manures
Animal manure
Microbial fertilizers
Mineral fertilizer
8. Pest and Disease Management in Organic Agriculture
Prevention practices and monitoring
Curative methods
9. Weed Management in Organic Agriculture
Preventive practices
Biological control of weeds
Mechanical control
10. Soil Cultivation and Tillage in Organic Agriculture
Creating good growing conditions for plants
Minimum disturbance
Soil compaction
Types of soil cultivation
11. Plant Propagation in Organic Agriculture
Plant propagation
Criteria for seed evaluation, characterization and multiplication
Importance of traditional varieties
Seed conservation
12. Animal Husbandry in Organic Agriculture
Making a decision on animal husbandry
Animal housing
Animal feeding
Animal health
Breeding goals

Teaching organic farming and gardening – a handbook for organic farming instructors of 704 pages:

Teaching organic farming and gardening

Organic poultry production for meat and eggs:

Organic poultry production for meat and eggs

Farmer’s Compost Handbook of 112 pages:

Farmers compost handbook

We focus on improving leadership maturity levels for faster job promotion readiness, in all industries. Subscribe to our newsletter only if you have an interest in career improvement/self-improvement; but who does not?

To get the download links, one must confirm the authenticity of one’s email address, by clicking the link in our email to you. If you do not confirm, the links will never reach you in our second email.

The Greenhouse Grower pack of 29 products:

Greenhouse grower pack

Organic farming footer

Posted by: | Posted on: December 8, 2017

Medical use of cannabis is on the increase

Cannabis header image

Medical use of cannabis is on the increase.

Medical use of the cannabis weed as raw material for the manufacture of refined medicines is on the increase.

A map of all the world countries where Cannabis weed is legal:

Cannabis legalised countries map

More and more countries are decriminalising the drug, even if they are not going as far as making it legal. The countries where personal possession of weed has been legalised, decriminalised and approved for medical use, are reflected above.

The countries in grey had no data available.

Source: https://www.indy100.com/article/marijuana-weed-cannabis-legal-decriminalise-medical-world-mapped-7693396

Cannabis is the most profitable crop per square metre worldwide.

As with most things, it can be complicated and more nuanced to answer. However, ultimately it boils down to a few key factors: total amount planted, the rate of yield, and the revenue per unit sold. It also depends on whether we are looking at the absolute value, or the most value per acre.

The most planted crops throughout the world are wheat and maize (corn). Rice and soybeans are other key staples. However, these are all relatively low yielding and do not make enough revenue per tonne of product produced.

The highest yielding crops are sugar cane, sugar beet, and tomatoes. Sugar cane accounts for about 80% of the world’s sugar production, while sugar beet the remaining 20%.

Not surprisingly, the most lucrative cash crops from a value per acre perspective are illegal in many parts of the world. With a higher risk to grow these, there is a higher reward for the farmers. Cannabis has a value of $47.7 million per square kilometre, while coca weighs in at $37.7 million and opium poppies $6 million per sq. km.

The most lucrative legal crops include tomatoes ($1.4 million per sq. km) and grapes ($625,000 per sq. km). Interestingly, tobacco comes in the middle of the pack with a value of $277,000 per sq. km. Rapeseed (also known as canola) comes in at $60,000 per sq. km.

From an absolute value perspective, the world’s most valuable cash crop is cannabis as well. It is followed by rice, maize, and then wheat.

Cannabis profitability diagram

Crop world revenue diagram

Cannabis as world highest crop revenue diagram

Source: http://www.visualcapitalist.com/the-worlds-most-valuable-cash-crop/

Cannabis job creation is on the brink of an explosion:

As demand and production of cannabis increases, the demand for qualified persons on many levels will rise simultaneously. Persons who can pass a certification course at the online University, called “The Cannabis Training University”, can greatly reap the benefits in the future in several countries. It can be found online here:

How to Grow Medical Marijuana

South African citizens are squaring themselves up for the expected coming legalisation:

The governing body who will regulate the cannabis industry in South Africa is named “The Cannabis Development Council of South Africa” and can be found online here:


As scientific research findings prove medical benefits for treatment of various illnesses, derived from different cannabis refined products, country laws are changing to accommodate the manufacture and use of those refined products.

As medical prescription needs for patients are increasing, so is the demand for the refined medicines and the raw weed products.

It opens up a whole new chain reaction.

Patients need more refined solutions for treatment of their illnesses. Manufacturers must compete to produce the needed refined medicines. Farmers and growers must compete to grow best strains of crops for seed and fibres. In turn, agricultural researchers must find strains for higher yield results in farm production and chemical researchers must develop better medicine for improved patient medical benefits.

This relative new cannabis industry will stimulate job creation for many job titles from labourers on farms to University educators and all in between.

If South Africa stays slow and reluctant to legalise production of cannabis for medical use, interested and frustrated citizens and businesses will move out to neighbouring countries like Lesotho, Namibia, Mozambique, Zimbabwe and further away, to help with legislation where necessary and start from there with production. This will mean that the industry will develop faster in neighbouring countries with all the economic benefits that will come from it. Lesotho has already legalised production of cannabis.

Cannabis growing and cannabis farming:

Cannabis growing and cannabis farming can be one of the most lucrative career decisions anyone can ever make!

After all, South Africa has its own natural and indigenous variant version with five leaves, known all around to local inhabitants as the “five fingers Dagga” plant.

What’s more, it is virtually disease free and can be a natural insect repellent for other plants.

It can be a significant profitable career change decision!

Cannabis growing or cannabis farming can either be done on small scale or big scale. It can even be done in a small space like a backyard or inside a shed, tunnel or greenhouse. On a big scale it can be done by extensive farming outside in wide open spaces.

Get this publication below for free when you subscribe to our occasional newsletter:

How to grow medical marijuana legally (86 pages):

Grow marijuana legally ebook ecover

Table of contents:

  1. How to grow medical marijuana
  2. Choosing your strain
  3. Setting up a grow room or tent
  4. Cultivating marijuana indoors
  5. Cultivating marijuana using hydroponics
  6. Cultivating marijuana outdoors
  7. Harvesting and processing your crop
  8. Understanding the legality of growing marijuana for personal use
  9. Determining if you can grow marijuana for sale
  10. How to grow a quality medical marijuana
  11. Creating the proper environment
  12. Growing medical marijuana
  13. Harvesting your medical marijuana
  14. Learning about laws and regulations
  15. How to make a medical marijuana oil
  16. Preparing and equipping your workspace
  17. Extracting THC from the medical cannabis with a solvent
  18. Removing the solvent and storing the cannabis oil

To get the download links, one must confirm the authenticity of one’s email address, by clicking the link in our email to you. If you do not confirm, the links will never reach you in our second email.

If you want to learn more about growing cannabis or marijuana, you can browse through a catalogue of e-book training manuals, all to do and relevant to the title of “How to grow medical cannabis legally”, by clicking the e-cover image below:

Cannabis farming ebook ecover

Cannabis footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 25, 2017

Review of the art of public speaking

Coaching header image

Review of the art of public speaking self-training course

The self-training course consists of a 275 pages training manual and 50 audio’s.

Thousands of politicians and businessmen from many countries attended this very same face-to-face workshop course.

The only difference is that it is now a self-training distance training course.

Course benefits:

By: Dale Carnegie (1888-1955): “A great start to shaking off public speaking jitters, socializing and mastering the art of small talk”.

The principles of public speaking written by Dale Carnegie decades ago in this book are timeless. They are just as effective in working a crowd in today’s society as they were back then. He delves into ways of commanding and charming an audience with the right energy, tone of voice, pitch, pronunciation and vocabulary. Armed with the principles highlighted in this book, you can do more than convey a message to a group of people, you can move them.

Carnegie gives useful advice and hints on public speaking stating that when you have something to say, are adequately prepared and have mastered an audience then public speaking success is eminent. He delivers a topic by topic approach offering solutions to common public speaking problems. Moreover, each chapter features practice questions and exercises to help the reader understand the subject better.

By reading this book, you can acquire confidence before an audience; efficiently convey your message by inflection, change of pace, emphasis and subordination. You can learn to influence people through exposition, description, narration, suggestion, argument and persuasion.

Throughout the book there are numerous quotes and references from influential individuals and institutions to emphasize the subject. The book is also riddled with numerous stories and examples to expound on the subject and to paint a picture in the reader’s mind on what constitutes an effective public speaker as well as what kind of speech is considered effective.

Many people who think they are good public speakers are left in doubt after reading this book. ‘The Art of Public Speaking’ is an essential tool to help you learn to work a crowd, leave them charmed and hanging onto your every word.

Dale Carnegie’s classic book The Art of Public Speaking is chock full of timeless tips of practical public speaking wisdom as relevant and true today as they were when the text was first published in 1915. The Art of Public Speaking by Dale Carnegie and Joseph B. Esenwein is a manual for people who have to speak in public, and it is still in use today. Whether the occasion in question is sharing travel experiences with friends, a toast for newly-weds, or a public debate, the tips and tricks collected in this book will come handy anywhere.

The book describes how to make effective use of one’s voice and gestures, how to gain and convey confidence in front of a large audience, and which methods to use to convert the listeners to one’s own cause. Each chapter contains examples and a list of practice exercises. The last 15 sections are real speeches by famous men to function as a study aid.

Dale Carnegie, author of the legendary How to Win Friends and Influence People, began his career as the premier “life coach” of the twentieth century by teaching the art of public speaking.

Public speaking, as Carnegie saw it, is a vital skill that can be attained through basic and repeated steps.

This is an intensive and thoroughly tested course to help the business and professional man in his speaking, both public and in private. The course has aided thousands of business and professional men to become creditable speakers, many of whom were formerly unable to say half a dozen sentences effectively when facing an audience. This course has developed men.

It has increased their faith and vision, and shown them how to use their latent forces to the fullest possible extent. It has made leaders out of many who were previously only mute followers.

Dale Carnegie Training shows how the tried and tested Dale Carnegie principles are still relevant in today’s digital world. Since 1912, business professionals and organizations have turned to Dale Carnegie’s powerful books and winning interactive seminars to help them reach new levels of success.

Dale Carnegie Training’s professional corporate, leadership, and teambuilding training courses, offered online and in the classroom will help your organizational development program meet your business needs.

The art of public speaking:

The art of public speaking ebook ecover

Table of contents for “The art of public speaking” (275 pages, 32 chapters and 18 appendixes):
Chapter 1 – Acquiring confidence before an audience
Chapter 2 – The sin of monotony
Chapter 3 – Efficiency through emphasis and subordination
Chapter 4 – Efficiency through change of pitch
Chapter 5 – Efficiency through change of pace
Chapter 6 – Pause and power
Chapter 7 – Efficiency through inflection
Chapter 8 – Concentration in delivery
Chapter 9 – Force
Chapter 10 – Feeling and enthusiasm
Chapter 11 – Fluency through preparation
Chapter 12 – The voice
Chapter 13 – Voice charm
Chapter 14 – Distinctness and precision of utterance
Chapter 15 – The truth about gesture
Chapter 16 – Methods of delivery
Chapter 17 – Thought and reserve power
Chapter 18 – Subject and preparation
Chapter 19 – Influencing by exposition
Chapter 20 – Influencing by description
Chapter 21 – Influencing by narration
Chapter 22 – Influencing by suggestion
Chapter 23 – Influencing by argument
Chapter 24 – Influencing by persuasion
Chapter 25 – Influencing the crowd
Chapter 26 – Riding the winged horse
Chapter 27 – Growing a vocabulary
Chapter 28 – Memory training
Chapter 29 – Right thinking and personality
Chapter 30 – After-dinner and other occasional speaking
Chapter 31 – Making conversation effective
App. A: 50 Questions for Debate
App. B: 30 Themes for Speeches with Source-References
App. C: Suggestive Subjects for Speeches; Hints for Treatment
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Newell Dwight Hillis
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Henry Watterson
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – John Morley
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Robert Toombs
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Theodore Roosevelt
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Alton B. Parker
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – John W. Wescott
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Henry W. Grady
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – William Mc. Kinley
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – John Hay
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – William Jennings Bryan
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Rufus Choate
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Albert J. Beveridge
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Russell Conwell
App. D: Speeches for Study and Practice – Victor Hugo

Dale Carnegie’s Top 10 Tips for Improving Your Social Skills, by HENRIK EDBERG

“The ideas I stand for are not mine. I borrowed them from Socrates. I swiped them from Chesterfield. I stole them from Jesus. And I put them in a book. If you don’t like their rules, whose would you use?”

“Who was Dale Carnegie?” you may wonder. Well, he was a guy that was born 110 years ago. He died in 1955. He was a rich man, a very successful man.

Dale Carnegie profile photo

“Forget yourself by becoming interested in others. Do every day a good deed that will put a smile of joy on someone’s face.” – Dale Carnegie, the very first person in history to initiate, lead and do research on human interrelationships.

He wrote a little book called “How to Win Friends and Influence People”. It went on to sell over 30 million copies. It still sells today and is probably one of the best books on how to improve your social skills.

Carnegie then continued to write more books and to create courses on how to interact with people, on how to make friends and on how to gain influence. Her are a few of the books:

Nine books by Dale Carnegie image

In this article I’ll explore 10 of my favourite tips from Dale Carnegie. And as the opening quote says, these tips have been time-tested for the last few hundreds or thousands of years. They are pretty solid:

1. Create your own emotions.

“If you want to be enthusiastic, act enthusiastic.”

Emotions work backwards too. You can use that to your advantage. If you are stuck in a negative emotion then you can often shake it off. Change your body – how you move, sit and stand – and act as you would like to feel. Enthusiasm and other positive emotions are much more useful and pleasurable for everyone in an interaction. Because…

2. It’s not so much about the logical stuff.

“When dealing with people, remember you are not dealing with creatures of logic, but creatures of emotion.”

This is so key. Logic is good but in the end, in interactions and in life, we are emotional creatures. We send and receive emotions from other people. That is one reason why body language and voice tonality is often said be up to 93% of communication. Now, those numbers were for some specific situations but I still believe that these two ways of communication are very, very important.

The body language and the voice tonality is a bit like the rest of the iceberg, the great mass below the tip of the words we use. Those two things communicate how we are feeling and give indication to what we are thinking. And that’s why it’s important to be able to change how you feel. To be in a positive mood while interacting. Because that will have a great impact on how you say something and how you use your body. And those two things will have a big impact on your results and relationships.

3. Three things you are better off avoiding.

“Any fool can criticize, condemn, and complain but it takes character and self control to be understanding and forgiving.”

Now these things may not be easy to avoid all together. Much of our interactions and perhaps even bonds are created and maintained through those three negative C’s. There is a sort of twisted pleasure in criticising, condemning and complaining. It might make you feel more important and like a better person as you see yourself as a victim or as you condemn other people’s behaviour.

But in the end these three C’s are negative and limiting to your life. Bringing up negative stuff and wallowing in it will lower your mood, motivation and general levels of wellbeing. And this can trap you in a negative spiral of complaining, complaining with other complainers and always finding faults in your reality.

You will also be broadcasting and receiving negative emotions. And people in general want to feel good. So this can really put an obstacle in the way for your interactions or relationships.

4. What is most important?

“The royal road to a man’s heart is to talk to him about the things he treasures most.”

Classic advice. Don’t talk too much about yourself and your life. Listen to other people instead. However, if they ramble on and on, if they don’t reciprocate and show and interest in your life then you don’t have to stay.

Some things people may treasure the most include ideas, children, a special hobby and the job. And…

5. Focus outward, not inward.

“You can make more friends in two months by becoming interested in other people than you can in two years by trying to get other people interested in you.”

A lot of people use the second, far less effective way. It is appealing because it’s about instant gratification and about ME, ME, ME! The first way – to become interested in people – perhaps works better because it make you a pleasant exception and because the law of reciprocity is strong in people. As you treat people, they will treat you. Be interested in them and they will be interested in you.

I would like to add that one hard thing about this can be to be genuinely interested in the other guy/gal. Your genuine interest is projected though your body language and tonality. So, just waiting for the other person to stop talking so you can talk again isn’t really genuine interest. And that may shine through. And so your interactions will suffer.

6. Take control of your emotions.

“The person who seeks all their applause from outside has their happiness in another’s keeping.”

It wrote about this problem a few days ago in 9 Great Ways to Make Yourself Absolutely Miserable. And it basically consist of being too reliant or dependent on external validation from other people. External validation is something someone communicates to you that tells you that you are person of value. That you, for example, are pretty, smart or successful.

This leaves much of your emotions in the hands of other people. It becomes an emotional rollercoaster. One day you feel great. The next day you feel like just staying in bed.

But if you fill that inner cup of validation for yourself instead then you take over the wheel. Now you’re driving, now you control how you feel. You can still appreciate compliments of course, but you aren’t dependent on them.

This will make you more emotionally stable and enables you to cultivate and build your emotional muscles in a more controlled way. You can for instance help yourself to become more optimistic or enthusiastic more of the time. This stability and growth can be big help in your relationships.

7. No, they are not holding you back.

“Instead of worrying about what people say of you, why not spend time trying to accomplish something they will admire.”

Caring too much about what people think will create and feed imaginary monsters within your mind. You may for instance think that people will condemn you if you try something. Maybe they will. But most of the time people are thinking about their own challenges and ups and downs. They just don’t care that much about what you do.

This may feel disappointing. It can also be liberating. It helps you remove inner obstacles that are you holding yourself back.

As you, bit by bit or in one big swoop, release those inner brakes you become more of yourself. You become more confident, you have a better chance at success, and you will feel more positive feelings and less negative ones. All these things can give a big boost to your interactions and help you sharpen those social skills.

8. So, what’s in it for me?

“There is only one way… to get anybody to do anything. And that is by making the other person want to do it.”

If you want someone to do something then will they care about your motivation for getting this thing done? Perhaps. Often they will not have that great of an interest in what you want out of something.

They want to know what they will get out of it. So, for the both of you to get what you want out of something tell that person what’s in it for him/her. And try to be genuine and positive about it. A reason for them to do it delivered in a lame, half-assed manner may not be so persuasive. And so you both lose.

9. How to win an argument.

“The only way to get the best of an argument is to avoid it.”

Getting two egos wrapped up in an argument, having two sides defending their positions desperately, will not improve relationships. You are more likely to feel negative feelings towards each other long after the argument is over. And so you both wallow in negativity and you both lose. When possible, just avoiding unnecessary arguments is a win-win situation.

10. It’s about more than your words.

“There are four ways, and only four ways, in which we have contact with the world. We are evaluated and classified by these four contacts: what we do, how we look, what we say, and how we say it.”

I often feel that there is a bit too much emphasis on the third way of contact (what we say). Don’t forget about the rest. Most people stereotype people at their first meeting. They might not want to but it is a way for their – and perhaps your – mind to organize impressions and people. So think about how you look. Think about how you make first impressions. Think about your body language. And how you are saying your sentences.

Think about how you feel because that will be reflected out into the world. And the world will often reflect back something similar.


A. Principles from How to Win Friends and Influence People
A1. Become a Friendlier Person
1. Don’t criticize, condemn or complain.
2. Give honest, sincere appreciation.
3. Arouse in the other person an eager want.
4. Become genuinely interested in other people.
5. Smile.
6. Remember that a person’s name is to that person the sweetest and most important sound in any language.
7. Be a good listener. Encourage others to talk about themselves.
8. Talk in terms of the other person’s interests.
9. Make the other person feel important – and do it sincerely.

A2. Win People to Your Way of Thinking
10. The only way to get the best of an argument is to avoid it.
11. Show respect for the other person’s opinion. Never say, “You’re wrong.”
12. If you are wrong, admit it quickly and emphatically.
13. Begin in a friendly way.
14. Get the other person saying “yes, yes” immediately.
15. Let the other person do a great deal of the talking.
16. Let the other person feel that the idea is his or hers.
17. Try honestly to see things from the other person’s point of view.
18. Be sympathetic with the other person’s ideas and desires.
19. Appeal to the nobler motives.
20. Dramatize your ideas.
21. Throw down a challenge.

A3. Be a Leader
22. Begin with praise and honest appreciation.
23. Call attention to people’s mistakes indirectly.
24. Talk about your own mistakes before criticizing the other person.
25. Ask questions instead of giving direct orders.
26. Let the other person save face.
27. Praise the slightest improvement and praise every improvement. Be “hearty in your approbation and lavish in your praise.”
28. Give the other person a fine reputation to live up to.
29. Use encouragement. Make the fault seem easy to correct.
30. Make the other person happy about doing the thing you suggest.
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

B. Principles from How to Stop Worrying and Start Living
B1. Fundamental Principles for Overcoming Worry
1. Live in “day tight compartments.”
2. How to face trouble:
a. Ask yourself, “What is the worst that can possibly happen?”
b. Prepare to accept the worst.
c. Try to improve on the worst.
3. Remind yourself of the exorbitant price you can pay for worry in terms of your health.

B2. Basic Techniques in Analyzing Worry
4. Get all the facts.
5. Weigh all the facts — then come to a decision.
6. Once a decision is reached, act!
7. Write out and answer the following questions:
a. What is the problem?
b. What are the causes of the problem?
c. What are the possible solutions?
d. What is the best possible solution?

B3. Break the Worry Habit Before It Breaks You
8. Keep busy.
9. Don’t fuss about trifles.
10. Use the law of averages to outlaw your worries.
11. Cooperate with the inevitable.
12. Decide just how much anxiety a thing may be worth and refuse to give it more.
13. Don’t worry about the past.

B4. Cultivate a Mental Attitude that will Bring You Peace and Happiness
14. Fill your mind with thoughts of peace, courage, health and hope.
15. Never try to get even with your enemies.
16. Expect ingratitude.
17. Count your blessings — not your troubles.
18. Do not imitate others.
19. Try to profit from your losses.
20. Create happiness for others.

B5. The Perfect Way to Conquer Worry
21. Pray.

B6. Don’t Worry about Criticism
22. Remember that unjust criticism is often a disguised compliment.
23. Do the very best you can.
24. Analyze your own mistakes and criticize yourself.

B7. Prevent Fatigue and Worry and Keep Your Energy and Spirits High
25. Rest before you get tired.
26. Learn to relax at your work.
27. Protect your health and appearance by relaxing at home.
28. Apply these four good working habits:
a) Clear your desk of all papers except those relating to the immediate problem at hand.
b) Do things in the order of their importance.
c) When you face a problem, solve it then and there if you have the facts necessary to make a decision.
d) Learn to organize, deputize and supervise.
29. Put enthusiasm into your work.
30. Don’t worry about insomnia.

Leadership development quotes from Dale Carnegie:

“If we want to find happiness, let’s stop thinking about gratitude or ingratitude and give for the inner joy of giving.” – Dale Carnegie

“Remember that the other man may be totally wrong. But he doesn’t think so. Don’t condemn him. Any fool can do that try to understand him. Only wise, tolerant, exceptional men even try to do that. There is a reason why the other man thinks and acts as he does. Ferret out that hidden reason-and you have the key to his actions, perhaps to his personality. Try honestly to put yourself in his place.” – Dale Carnegie

“You can make more friends in two months by becoming really interested in other people, than you can in two years by trying to get other people interested in you. Which is just another way of saying that the way to make a friend is to be one.” -Dale Carnegie

“One of the surest ways of making a friend and influencing the opinion of another is to give consideration to his opinion, to let him sustain his feeling of importance.” – Dale Carnegie

“This is a hurried age we’re living in. If you’ve got anything to say, say it quickly, get to the point and stop, and give the other man a chance to talk.” – Dale Carnegie

“Make a man laugh a good hearty laugh, and you’ve paved the way for friendship. When a man laughs with you, he, to some extent, likes you.” – Dale Carnegie

“Do you know the most important trait a man can have? It is not executive ability; it is not a great mentality; it is not kindliness, nor courage, nor a sense of humor, though each of these is of tremendous importance. In my opinion, it is the ability to make friends, which, boiled down, means the ability to see the best in man.” – Dale Carnegie

“We ought to be modest, for neither you nor I amount to much. Both of us will pass on and be completely forgotten a century from now. Life is too short to bore other people with talk of our petty accomplishments. Let’s encourage them to talk instead.” – Dale Carnegie

“Actions speak louder than words, and a smile says, “I like you. You make me happy. I am glad to see you.” That is why dogs make such a hit. They are so glad to see us that they almost jump out of their skins. So, naturally, we are glad to see them. An insincere grin? No. that doesn’t fool anybody. We know it is mechanical and we resent it. I am talking about a real smile, a heart-warming smile, a smile that comes from within, the kind of smile that will bring a good price in the market place.” – Dale Carnegie

“Let’s cease thinking of our accomplishments, our wants. Let’s try to figure out the other man’s good points. Then forget flattery. Give honest, sincere appreciation. Be “hearty in your approbation and lavish in your praise,” and people will cherish your words and treasure them and repeat them over a lifetime-repeat them years after you have forgotten them.” – Dale Carnegie

“If you and I want to stir up a resentment tomorrow that may rankle across the decades and endure until death, just let us indulge in a little stinging criticism-no matter how certain we are that it is justified. When dealing with people, let us remember we are not dealing with creatures of logic. We are dealing with creatures of emotion, creatures bristling with prejudices and motivated by pride and vanity.” – Dale Carnegie

“If you can be kind and considerate for one day, then you can be for another. It won’t cost you a penny in the world. Begin today.” – Dale Carnegie

“Forget yourself by becoming interested in others. Do every day a good deed that will put a smile of joy on someone’s face.” – Dale Carnegie

”There is only one way under high heaven to get the best of an argument – and that is to avoid it. Avoid it as you would avoid rattlesnakes and earthquakes. Nine times out of ten, an argument ends with each of the contestants being more firmly convinced than ever that he is absolutely right. You can’t win an argument. You can’t because if you lose it, you lose it; and if you win it, you lose it. Why? Well, suppose you triumph over the other man and shoot his argument full of holes and prove that he is non compos mentis. Then what? You will feel fine. But what about him? You have made him feel inferior. You have hurt his pride. He will resent your triumph.” – Dale Carnegie

“The sweetest sound to a man’s ears is his name” – Dale Carnegie

Conclusion: This training course in the art of public speaking remains to this day the best course on the subject available to all of mankind on the planet.

Biography: Dale Carnegie was born in 1888 in Missouri, USA and was educated at Warrensburg State Teachers College. As a salesman and aspiring actor, he travelled to New York and began teaching communications classes to adults at the YMCA. In 1912, the world-famous Dale Carnegie Course was born.

He authored several best-sellers, including How to Win Friends and Influence People and How to Stop Worrying and Start Living. Over 50 million copies of Mr. Carnegie’s books have been printed and published in 38 languages.

Mr. Carnegie was a prominent lecturer of his day and a sought-after counsellor to world leaders. He wrote newspaper columns and had his own daily radio show.

Dale Carnegie founded what is today a worldwide network of over 2,800 trainers with offices in more than 75 countries.

Founded in 1912, Dale Carnegie Training has evolved from one man’s belief in the power of self-improvement to a performance-based training company with offices worldwide. We focus on giving people in business the opportunity to sharpen their skills and improve their performance in order to build positive, steady and profitable results.

Subscribers to our occasional newsletter also get the following publications displayed here below:

“Expert speaker – a beginner’s guide to be a public speaking celebrity”:

Expert speaker ebook ecover

“Public speaking – from terror to triumph”:

Public speaking from terror to triumph ebook ecover

To get the download links, one must confirm the authenticity of one’s email address, by clicking the link in our email to you. If you do not confirm, the links will never reach you in our second email.

See the new self-training course titled “Public speaking for politicians and presenters” here below.

Click the image to open and download the PDF catalogue for later retrieval.

Public speaking catalogue ecover


Working entrepreneur footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 16, 2017

How to sell any product without your own website


How to sell any product without your own website.

It works for digital and physical products.

Nowadays the new smartphones already have the Adobe Reader Application loaded in the phones for seamless reading of PDF files. Some of the older smartphones may not have it, but can install it from these two locations for free:

Android Smartphones

IPhone Smartphones

Adobe Acrobat Reader, the PDF Reader for Kindle tablet and Kindle Fire tablet, can be installed from the Amazon application store for free.

1. Create a brochure, catalogue or album in MS Word and list the product(s), with images and descriptions, you want to sell online. One can also create a traditional sales page instead of using HTML.

2. Get your PayPal buy button image and the HTML code, but use the one for insertion in emails. If you are unsure of how to do this, get help from someone else.

3. Insert your buy button image into your Word document, normally near the end of the document.

4. Insert your HTML code as a Hyperlink onto the buy button image.

5. When you have finished your document, save it, where you can again retrieve it.

6. From inside your Word document, Export it by clicking “File” at the left top options and click on “Export” and then again on the PDF option. Word will then create a PDF file.

7. Rename the PDF file so there are no spaces between words in the name. Use underscore or a hyphen to connect empty spaces in the file name.

8. Test your buy button link in your PDF file to make sure it reacts correctly to fill your pocket with money.

9. Upload your PDF file to a cloud server. I use Google Drive as my cloud server. When you create a Google email account, you also get 15 gigabytes storage space for free. Again, if you are unsure of how to do it, get outside help.

10. You must then log in to your cloud server and change the privacy settings, so outsiders can view and download your PDF file from Internet browsers. Again, if you are unsure of how to do it, get outside help. If you use the Google cloud server, you will see the following icon at the top, which must be clicked, to change the privacy settings.


11. First click on your PDF file to highlight it, then on the icon featured above.

12. When you are done with changing the privacy setting, click on the following icon.


13. What happens then is that the correct link is copied to your device clipboard automatically. When you then open for instance notepad, you can just use “Paste” to insert the link into Notepad.

14. Create a Facebook page. When you do a post on your page by also putting your file link inside your post, Facebook will call up the file with the top image inside your first page of the file (see that you have an image after the document title) and automatically display it after a few seconds. No need to add a separate image. It will in any case not bear the link.

15. You will then have to pin your post to the top, so visitors can see and click on it. Again, if you are unsure of how to do it, get outside help.

16. You can also create a Facebook group and use the same tactics for the group.

17. Here are a few examples, which you can try out to see what happens.

First go to this post on our website and click on some of the album images you can find there:


Now go to one of our Facebook pages after you have logged in to Facebook:


Click on the post at the top or scroll down till you see this icon:

pin icon

Then click on this Album image:


Now go to one of our boards on Pinterest; they may also require you to sign in first.


Click on a few of the album images.

There may be many other websites where you can apply the same type of tactics, like Twitter, Instagram, G+ and others.

The next thing to do is to figure out how to entice eyes to your offers. It may be best to figuring that out before you create anything on social websites.

Fifteen other popular international payment processors:


See many other methods to sell anything online, without having a website.

Just click on the image below:


Why do we use PayPal? Because they operate in 203 countries.

online-entrepreneur-footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 11, 2017

Change your life into success by changing your mind

Upgrade yourself header image

Change your life into success by changing your mind

Yes, you can unleash the “Success Mindset” and create the life you have always dreamed of having, no matter what it is, right now!

Change a fixed mindset to a growth mindset for success.

When did you begin to choose the life you are leading now? When did you decide on the job you have, and against the job you want? When did you decide that the money you make now is all you can make? Did you decide?

1. Change your life into success by changing your mind

This book is about your future and the decisions you are making today, which will create that future.

Change your life to success by changing your mind ebook ecover

Determination and belief are the starting points for success. They open you to new opportunities to do and be anything you desire, and you only need a subconscious thought to plant the seed. How do we do this?

This book is based on real answers to that question.

Change your life into success by changing your mind, will walk you through the steps to real answers and teach you to start asking the right questions. By learning how the mind works, we understand how to break the cycles that keep us on the outside looking in, instead of where we truly wish to be.

The understanding found in this book will open your mind and your eyes to a world which has always been there; you just didn’t know the questions to expose it to you.

How often have we found ourselves looking across the road to discover something lacking in our own lives? By changing our minds we remove the lack in our own lives. We remove the unnamed need that eats away at our day to day lives. By changing our minds we walk away from a life that is constantly needing repairs and begin a life that rewrites our reality.

Whether we know it or not, our energies are focused and those energies are working in our lives, for better or worse. Like electricity, our own energies do not decide they will work in one area, and not another. Electricity doesn’t stop working because the toaster is bad or the stereo is on a negative channel. Electricity flows through the circuit until it is complete. Our energies act in exactly the same way. Change your life into success by changing your mind expands this simple life truth, and shows you how to change your circuit path so the things you want in your life receive the energy, rather than sending it to the things that are strapping you down.

Read Change your life into success by changing your mind today, and start putting focus and energy into your own success.

Table of Contents of “Change your life into success by changing your mind” (88 pages in PDF, with resell rights):

Legal notice
Open your mind to the possibilities
Who are you?
Rewrite your reality
Give to succeed
Silence your mind
Believe it now!
Become inspired
Success from chaos
In summary

2.  Guide to self-identity:

A guide to self-identity ebook ecover

Would like to learn how to feel more confident in your own identity and to feel as though you can stand on your own in society?

If so, you certainly are not alone. Many people feel the same way.

I know I felt the same way until just a few years ago. I felt like I did not really belong anywhere. The misconceptions I had developed over the years were really having a negative impact on my ability to get on with my life. I was ready to change my life, but I just had no idea to go about it.

What I did know; however, was that something did have to change!

What I discovered completely changed my life!

How did I do it?

I would love to share my secrets with you and my new special report on self-identity and society does just that!

Everything you need to know about the self-identity and society is included in this special report:

– Establishing convictions for self-identity
– Ideology and self-identity
– Practices for self-identity
– Relaxation and self-identity
– Reprogramming in self-identity
– Mental talk in self-identity
– Performance in self-identity
– Decisions in self-identity
– Developing self-identity

We leave absolutely nothing out! Everything that I learned in order to understand self-identity and society I share with you.

This is the most comprehensive report on self-identity and society you will ever read!

No stone is left unturned in this comprehensive report!

I show you the tools, tips and strategies you need to understand self-identity and society

You won’t want to miss out on this! Discover your true inner self-identity and progress in bounds and leaps from then on!

Table of contents of “Guide to self-identity” (61 pages in PDF – especially helpful for teenagers and young adults, with free distribution rights):

Establishing convictions for self-identity
Ideology of self-identity
Self-identity of the self and society
Practices for self-identity and self
Decisions in self-identity of self – How to relate to self and society
Social self and identity in society
Isolation in self-identity of self in society
Environment in society and self-identity
Effective consciousness in self-identity
Motivation for self-identity
Optimistic views of self-identity
Competency of self-identity in society
Clearly seeing self and identity in society
Feelings for self-identity
Understanding self-identity of self in society
Observational learning for self-identity
Stressed for self-identity
Confidence in self-identity
Components of self-identity
Self-identity and posing challenges
Evils of the self-identity
Bettering self in society for identity
Techniques for self-identity in society
Fruits of the self-identity of self in society
Life and self-identity
Discover self-identity
Striving for self-identity in society
Fronting problems for self-identity in society
True worth in self-identity of self in society
Both sides of self-identity in society
Gaining of self-identity in society
New age in self-identity
Opens doors for self-identity in society
Analyze self in society for self-identity
Society in self-identity of self
Recognition of self-identity
Shape self in society for self-identity
Self-identity of self in society
Self-identity methods
Solutions for self-identity of self in society
Effectiveness in self-identity of self in society

3. Command your life – Secrets to managing your own destiny, with master resell rights (29 pages):

Command your life ebook ecover

This book will show you exactly what you need to do to finally be a success with having a better life!”
As a person just like you who has struggled with changing my life, I have searched high and low to find the best strategies to fix this problem and I am fully qualified and equipped to help you put an end to your frustration with trying to wade through all the info you need to know to take charge of your life!
If you know that you had already been in an entirely different situation, chances are you would have chosen to take things in your own hands, working towards goals that are more ambitious. If this is the line of thought that you have right now, then, it is important that you do not allow the situation’s inertia to pull you down. Never try making up excuses and rationalize why you are still not making the most out of your potentials.

And all of this up till now is just the beginning! Are you ready?

This powerful tool will provide you with everything you need to know to be a success and achieve your goal of taking charge to a successful place.

With this product, and it’s great information on taking charge it will walk you, step by step, through the exact process we developed to help people get all the info they need to be a success.

Who Can Use This Book?

– Entrepreneurs
– Internet marketers
– Network marketers
– Life Coaches
– Personal Development Enthusiasts
– Self Improvement Bloggers
– Web Publishers
– Writers and Content Creators

In this book, you will learn: Taking charge of basics, determining your motivators, arrange your goals, get moving toward your goals and how to use time management.

This set of e-books can be very helpful to people, who may have some doubts about certain aspects of the life or personality traits, who feel rejected, who may have feelings of being a failure, who may have some or other inferiority complex or who may suffer from depression. It can also be helpful to someone who desperately wants to help someone else in their life.

Paid-up members get all these products on this page included as member benefits, when they buy membership here.

Change your mind footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: October 9, 2017

Distance education by online home learning

Education for the future header

Distance education by online home learning

1. Distance education programs:

Distance education can be defined as an education program imparted by an educational institution, beyond the barriers of its campus and taken by a student outside the walls of an educational institution. Distance education is a medium that connects students to the educational institutions of the world.

Distance education programs are becoming the most popular and viable way of teaching and education. More and more people are registering for distance education programs of different educational institutions. Distance education programs give freedom to a student to learn at his own pace, his own schedule and at his own convenience.

Distance education is imparted through the electronic media and study materials supplied by the educational institution for a particular course. It helps people to upgrade their educational qualification, even when they are tied up in their working schedule. Some businesses also use distance education to train their employees, as it is less time consuming, less expensive and adds to the human resources enrichment of the business.

To enrol for a distance education course, one must be sure as to what kind of specialization one is looking for. An extensive study must then be done to find out in details about the educational institutions that offer the course wanted. The time duration of the course, the fees, software needed and the time of exam must also be checked. The most important factor that should be checked is whether the school or educational institution is accredited or not. One should not register at an educational institution, which is not accredited.

Every coin has two sides and distance education programs are no exception to the rule. While a distance education program is advantageous, as it helps people to continue with their education. Despite of the demanding schedule it also has some disadvantages. It may fail to motivate a student to study, resulting in no good for the candidate. This shows registering yourself is not sufficient, you must also have the drive in yourself to continue with the study. The success of distance education also depends on the success of the technology. Without a good support system and infrastructure the distance education may be a failure.

Thus we can say that distance education is a boon for today’s busy and demanding world, but it also demands a significant level of maturity from its students.

2. The benefits of online home learning:

While there are all kinds of benefits that are associated with learning and furthering your educational goals there are even more benefits to those who wish to pursue online home learning in order to achieve those goals. I hope you will find that many of these benefits are quite enlightening and carefully consider whether or not online home learning for your secondary education needs will be in your best interests.

2.1 Convenience.

This is a word we are quite familiar with. Right along with instant gratification. We are a society of people who have lived with drive-thru banking and fast food and are rapidly moving in the direction of drive-thru pharmacies and dry cleaning. We live in a fast paced world and when we can work education into our busy schedules and on our own terms, we find that this is something we tend to like a lot. There is a growing number of online classes and students, as more and more professionals decide to further their degrees and their careers with this method of education, which is more convenient for many.

2.2 Flexibility.

You can take these classes or do the work during your lunch break, while the kids are practicing soccer, or while cooking dinner (depending of course on how well you multi-task). You do not need to be in the classroom every night at 6:00 pm for the next five years in order to get the same degree of education. This by no means indicates that you will not have to do the work. The work will not change nor will the fact that you have a limited time in which to complete the work. What will change is that you will have the option of doing the work in the morning, afternoon, or after those 2 a.m. feedings when you can’t seem to get back to sleep.

2.3 Location.

There isn’t enough that can really be said about this. Online education comes to you wherever you happen to be able to connect to the Internet. Whether you are at home, at work, or your favourite Internet café you can have the convenience of taking your work with you and enjoying the environment in which you are completing your work.

2.4 Less Expensive.

No more convenience meals, childcare expenses, or gas guzzling trips to a college campus that thirty minutes away. You can now enjoy in your own home the benefits of an education without many of the financial hardships that are often associated with attending college. Internet access seems like such a small price to pay when compared with all the reasons mentioned above.

2.5 Improve online abilities.

Believe it or not, online courses help you brush up your online abilities. Seriously. You will be better at dealing with email, bulletin boards, online research, and you will learn countless other skills along the way that you probably never realized had anything to do with the courses you are actually taking-because they don’t. In other words, you are getting more of an education than you bargained for when it comes to online home learning.

2.6 Individual attention.

Online students often have more one-on-one interaction with their professors than students in a classroom. The online classroom is virtual and correspondence through email is essential in this particular learning environment. For this reason it is quite possible that your professors will know more about you and your learning patterns and needs than they will know about most of the students they see two or three times a week in their classrooms.

2.7 Self-improvement and self-development.

Any type of online home learning or home learning by any other means, is equivalent to self-improvement and self-development. Quote: “Formal education will make one a living. Self-education will make one a fortune.” – Jim Rohn

2.8 Self-improvement in team leadership skills. 

Development of team leadership skills is one of the the most neglected development areas in most organisations worldwide.

When there is an economic growth period or an organisation expansion period, it becomes easier to fulfil the needs of the new generation (referred to as millennials) for development and promotion.

However, it is not so easy for organisations or employers to fulfil the needs of the new generation, especially if economic conditions or organisation financial conditions are in a state of stagnation, slow growth or a downward spiral.

If a person of the new generation has ambitions to be vertically promoted inside an existing organisation, the only way to achieve those ambitions is through improvement of qualifications.

If a person is already highly qualified in a vocational technical direction, the only other options may be self-improvement in management principles or team leadership principles and skills, either through internal training opportunities or external training courses.

For development and promotion to happen for a person, there are the extra conditions of available opportunities (job openings) and recognition (proven competencies to the employer), which must also be present.

If the opportunity, together with the necessary recognition from an existing employer, takes too long, the only remaining alternatives are to fulfil those ambitions through one of the following:

2.8.1 horizontal promotion into other external organisations;

2.8.2 a change in career paths; or

2.8.3 starting a business as owner or shareholder.

However, self-improvement in team leadership skills will dramatically increase the chances of vertical (existing employer) and horizontal (external employers) job promotion, as well as business owner success, in any economic cycle, as competitors with these skills are relatively few.


While these are just a few of the benefits of online home learning, you should carefully weigh up the benefits against the things that may be problematic about this particular type of learning situation, before you take the plunge.

Learning is a lifelong process but if you are seeking a degree you do not want to jeopardize that by taking a course that will not address your specific learning needs. If you feel confident that you can be successful in this particular type of learning environment, then I feel you will truly enjoy the experience and the flexibility it brings to the educational process.

We can show you the water, but only you can drink it, if you have enough guts. Everyone must steer his/her own boat to selected destinies of own choice. Some start too late, some never even start.

Nautical steering wheel

The 8 study techniques training manuals will help any secondary school pupil from grade 10, college/university student and post-graduate student to get better grades. It will make exam anxiety vanish for both parents and students and improve future career possibilities for students.

Click the image below to get it!

Eight ebooks study album ebook ecover

Leadership development worldwide

Posted by: | Posted on: October 9, 2017

Successful leadership actions to improve organisations

Successful leadership actions to improve organisations

We look at activities that leaders must regularly undertake in order to ensure the success of their organisations.

Analysing the operating environments:

Ensuring successful analysis:

Analysing the operating environments on a regular basis, and additionally when major changes occur; using legal and ethical means to gather information; using experienced specialists to gather and analyse the information; using an appropriate range of information gathering tools and techniques; gathering information from an appropriate range of sources; ensuring that forecasts, trends, predictions, are supported by sufficient evidence. The objective is to carry out an analysis that provides the organisation with a clear picture of the current environment in which it operates, and a forecast of impending changes. This will enable the leaders of the organisation to make changes to existing operational objectives in response to the findings on the current situation, and to longer term plans in preparation for the predicted changes. A thorough analysis should be carried out at least annually, with quarterly reviews. This will ensure that the leaders of the organisation are fully informed at all times, and are equipped with information that will enable them to respond appropriately to any changes which impact on the organisation.

1. Analysing the external environment:

Identifying the components and the boundaries of the external environment in which the organisation operates; considering the current political, economic, social, technological, and environmental situation; gathering appropriate, sufficient, reliable, and valid information; identifying and evaluating trends; evaluating the impact of current influences on the organisation; forecasting the impact of potential changes on the organisation. The objective here is to gather information which highlights or predicts changes in the world in which the organisation operates. There are many thousands of local and international influences and forces which impact on the organisation. Indicative examples include demographic changes, cultural changes, and social behaviour changes, all of which can lead to changes in customer markets and buying patterns. Another example is a potential or forecast change in a technology which could end demand for certain products or services. For almost any organisation, of any size, and in any sector, gathering and analysing this type of information is critical.

2. Evaluating competitor behaviour:

Identifying current and potential competitor organisations; gathering appropriate information on current and forecast competitor activity; evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of individual current competitors; considering the potential impact of new entrants or changes in competitor behaviour. The purpose of this is straightforward. Competitors are, by default, competing for the same customers, and if they are worthy competitors, they will be carrying out the same type of analytical activity, and responding to their findings. Competitor activity can be a vital component of the information gathered, as it indicates how similar organisations are responding to current and forecast changes.

3. Considering the needs of stakeholders:

Identifying all stakeholders, within and outside the organisation; evaluating the importance of support from each stakeholder group; consulting with stakeholders to identify and understand their needs; explaining to stakeholders the organisation’s strategies and values; resolving conflicts and misunderstandings through discussion. The aim of this activity is to ensure that the needs of the stakeholders are known, and their views taken into consideration. Stakeholders can include operational staff, managers, trade unions, shareholders, suppliers, customers, clients, sponsors, funding organisations, partner organisations, local government departments, and local or national media. There can also be sector-specific stakeholders, such as relatives of patients, in the hospital sector, local residents affected by major construction projects, or parents of schoolchildren.

4. Evaluate the internal condition of the organisation:

Analysing the organisation’s current internal condition; carrying out a review of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. The aim is to build a detailed picture of the current condition of the organisation, in terms of its internal health. This should be comprehensive, looking at all internal aspects of the organisation, including for example, the physical location(s) in which it operates, condition of buildings, equipment, vehicles, plant, funding, operational performance, recruitment, retention, training and development, policies, procedures, products, services and so on.

5. Adjusting current strategies:

Considering the findings of the analysis activities, and then evaluating current strategies and direction against these; consulting with specialists and key stakeholders about the proposed changes; adjusting current strategies and strategic objectives or replacing them with new ones; implementing a management system that will monitor, control, and adjust where necessary, the new strategies. The objective here is clear. To survive, the organisation must have in place appropriate strategies. Unless strategic direction, specific strategies, and their related objectives, are regularly evaluated, maintained and adjusted, the ability to compete will deteriorate and eventually the organisation will fail.6.

6. Adjusting systems and structures:

Evaluating the appropriateness of the current systems and structures in meeting the demands of the new strategies; consulting with all affected stakeholders on proposed changes; planning and implementing changes to operational, quality, and cultural systems, policies, procedures, and structures; implementing procedures to monitor, control, and adjust these as necessary. The purpose of this is to put in place an appropriate infrastructure that will support the new strategic and operational objectives. Unless this infrastructure is compatible with, and supports the achievement of, these objectives, the strategies will run into difficulties and almost certainly fail.

7. Adjusting current operational objectives:

Adjusting operational objectives and activity in response to the changes in strategic direction; implementing an appropriate quality assurance management system to maintain operational quality standards; implementing procedures to monitor, control, and adjust operational activity and objectives as necessary. Operational activity must support and help achieve the strategic objectives. It is extremely damaging, if not fatal, to allow operational activity to continue unchanged, when the strategic direction and objectives of the organisation have changed.

8. Adjusting personnel capabilities:

Comparing the current and potential performance capability of key individuals and teams against the forecast performance requirements; improving personnel capability by re-training and development where appropriate; replacing individuals and teams where necessary; implementing an individual and team appraisal and development system. The aim of this activity is to ensure that, at all levels, the best possible individuals and teams are in place to support and help achieve the organisation’s goals. Without the right people the strategies will fail.

In summary:

Analysing the environment in which the organisation operates is the most critically important activity that the organisation’s leaders undertake. It represents the sole purpose of the leaders, that is to ensure that the organisation is taking the most appropriate strategic direction and is equipped with the optimum resources needed to be successful in achieving its objectives. High quality information is critical to the success of the organisation, and information about the changes and challenges facing the organisation in the future is the most valuable of all.

Strategic planning is regarded as a scientifically researched technique or tool, to enhance leadership competencies. The strategic planning technique, with its SWOT analysis, can also work for improvement of a subsidiary, department, section or even single career planning by individuals. See our leadership development training modules for members here on this page.

Leadership development worldwide

Posted by: | Posted on: October 9, 2017

Earn a license to be in charge

Earn a license to be in charge

Earn a license to be in charge by understanding management principles

Many persons in positions of authority do not have the know-how of how to manage and lead others, their subordinates. They were appointed in positions of authority because of their specialised occupational expertise knowledge in the areas of administration, production, maintenance, marketing, sales, finance and engineering, as examples of subject knowledge, for which they have received qualifications from Universities and Colleges. However, those qualifications have not necessarily equipped them with knowledge on how to manage operations, finance, people, information and time.

The importance of management education in management functions and management principles to improve management skills:

The importance of management education, management development and management training cannot be over emphasised. Whether the knowledge about management principles is obtained through formal study programs at Universities or internally through on the job training or through external seminars or programs, it is of the utmost importance for any person in any job in life; even for the self-employed, entrepreneurs, Kings, Presidents of Countries, the richest people in life and even the lowest level of jobs.

Essential work environment elements to be managed:

1. Operations (actions)
2. Finance (money and resources)
3. People (human relations)
4. Information (needed information for wise decisions)
5. Time (your own and that of others)

Each of these five elements, which must be managed by any person, has its own set of principles and guidelines to follow. For instance, when it comes to managing people, the teachings of Industrial Psychology become pertinent. For operations, the teachings of Operations Management as a subject, become important. So, in analysing these five elements, it also becomes evident that the teachings of Financial Management, Information Management and Time Management, are also important for the other three elements.

For the lower level jobs, the principles of Supervision can become a starting point for teaching or studying the principles of management. A person in one of the lowest level jobs found at employers must also plan, organise and control work, even if it is just to clean an office or do some washing.

Any information management course must also include the principles of performance management, as performance management is about measuring all five the elements in different ways, which are to be managed. In order to manage those five elements, detailed information will be needed to plan, organise, control, lead and to take corrective actions in the workplace.

Top Management members must be able to plan, organise, control and lead the organisation and departments with a focus on understanding and influencing the environment, setting the strategy and gaining commitment, planning, implementing and monitoring strategies and evaluating and improving performance. They must therefore have high capabilities with regard to human relations inwards and outwards, strategic planning, team building, leadership, negotiation and performance management.

Middle Management members must be able to plan, organise, control and lead departments and sections with a focus on assistance upwards for application of scientific methods and assistance downwards for application of scientific methods. They must have the same capabilities as Senior Managers as well as Supervisory Managers and also be good at interviewing techniques, goal achievement, conflict handling tactics and project management.

Supervisory Management members must be able to plan, organise, control and lead sections, units and individuals with a focus on operations, finance, people, information and time.

Definition of Planning as a management function:

Planning for all levels is about forecasting, developing objectives, programming, scheduling, budgeting, developing policies and developing procedures. Forecasting, in turn, is about looking ahead for needs and opportunities. Developing objectives is about determining results to be achieved. Programming is about establishing the sequence of work steps. Scheduling is about establishing a time sequence for work steps. Budgeting is about allocating resources for achievement of objectives. Developing policies is about documenting standing decisions for recurring situations. Developing procedures is about standardisation of work, which must be done uniformly.

Definition of Organising as a management function:

Organising for all levels is about developing organisation structures, delegating and developing relationships. Developing organisation structures, in turn, is about grouping of work among people for effectiveness. Delegating is about downloading of responsibility, authority and accountability to lower levels. Developing relationships is about creating conditions for co-operative efforts of people.

Definition of Controlling as a management function:

Controlling for all levels is about setting of standards, performance measurement, performance evaluation and performance correction. Setting of standards, in turn, is about establishing criteria for evaluation of work results. Performance measurement is about recording and reporting of work results obtained. Performance evaluation is about analysing, interpreting and determining the worth of results. Correction of performance is about rectifying and improving work results.

Definition of Leading as a management function:

Leading or directive leadership for all levels is about decision-making, communicating, motivating, selection of people and developing of people. Decision-making, in turn, is about reaching conclusions and judgements for action. Communicating is about creating understanding among people. Motivating is about inspiring, encouraging and impelling people for action. Selection of people is about choosing people for positions and advancement. Developing of people is about improving knowledge, attitudes and skills. The requirements of situational leadership may call for different leadership styles in different situations of development level of individuals and groups.

Continuous education:

No single degree or program can give you all the management knowledge you may need. It is a question of never-ending continuous education, whereby you constantly take stock of your present knowledge base and compare it to what is needed in order to identify the shortcomings. You must then try to attend those courses, which can fill the gap in your knowledge base.

Lack of management skills:

A general lack of management skills in employees can be detrimental to any organisation. Lack of management skills can lead to poor decisions, disheartening of employees, lower productivity, lower profits and in the end also be responsible for increase in poverty and increase in the unemployment rate.

Normally, in order to comply with the law, you must earn a relevant driver license to drive a vehicle on a public road in any country. If you want to become a doctor, you must first earn the relevant qualifications to get your license to apply your skills in the medical profession. Likewise, if you want to become an engineer or lawyer you must first earn your qualifications by formal studies and pass certain minimum standards, before the relevant degree can be bestowed on you, as your license to operate in your particular sphere of expertise. If you aspire to become a Supervisor, Manager or Top Level Manager, you must also earn your relevant license to operate in such positions, the same way that the drivers, doctors, engineers and lawyers do. Otherwise, you can never claim to be a career professional as a Supervisor, Manager or Top Level Manager, as you will be trying to drive a section, department or organisation without a proper license.

This license is your key to career building. A good leader must also be a good manager!

The same is true the other way around: “A good manager must also be a good leader”!

Self-improvement in team leadership skills will dramatically increase the chances of vertical (existing employer) and horizontal (external employers) job promotion, as well as business owner success, in any economic cycle, as competitors with these skills are relatively few.

Click this image to see what is missing:

The missing knowledge link for most young employees and entrepreneurs image

Leadership development worldwide

Posted by: | Posted on: October 9, 2017

The difference between a fixed mindset and a growth mindset

The difference between a “fixed mindset” and a “growth mindset”


Dweck has primary research interests in motivation, personality, and development. She teaches courses in Personality and Social Development as well as Motivation. Her key contribution to social psychology relates to implicit theories of intelligence, per her 2008 book Mindset: The New Psychology of Success.

According to Dweck, individuals can be placed on a continuum according to their implicit views of where ability comes from. Some believe their success is based on innate ability; these are said to have a “fixed” theory of intelligence (fixed mindset). Others, who believe their success is based on hard work, learning, training and doggedness are said to have a “growth” or an “incremental” theory of intelligence (growth mindset). Individuals may not necessarily be aware of their own mindset, but their mindset can still be discerned based on their behavior. It is especially evident in their reaction to failure.

Fixed-mindset individuals dread failure because it is a negative statement on their basic abilities, while growth mindset individuals don’t mind or fear failure as much because they realize their performance can be improved and learning comes from failure. These two mindsets play an important role in all aspects of a person’s life. Dweck argues that the growth mindset will allow a person to live a less stressful and more successful life.

Dweck’s definition of fixed and growth mindsets from a 2012 interview: “In a fixed mindset students believe their basic abilities, their intelligence, their talents, are just fixed traits. They have a certain amount and that’s that, and then their goal becomes to look smart all the time and never look dumb. In a growth mindset students understand that their talents and abilities can be developed through effort, good teaching and persistence. They don’t necessarily think everyone’s the same or anyone can be Einstein, but they believe everyone can get smarter if they work at it.”

This is important because individuals with a “growth” theory are more likely to continue working hard despite setbacks and individuals’ theories of intelligence can be affected by subtle environmental cues. For example, children given praise such as “good job, you’re very smart” are much more likely to develop a fixed mindset, whereas if given compliments like “good job, you worked very hard” they are likely to develop a growth mindset. In other words, it is possible to encourage students, for example, to persist despite failure by encouraging them to think about learning in a certain way.

External links:

Stanford University faculty profile page
Carol Dweck’s TED Talk on the Growth Mindset, TEDxNorrkoping, Nov. 2014
Mindset Works: Brainology
“Mindsets – A Conversation with Carol Dweck”, Ideas Roadshow, 2014

Retrieved from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carol_Dweck

Our own deductions from this theory:

1. Arrogance is the enemy (killer) of growth in knowledge and competencies

2. Warding off evaluation of shortcomings in personality traits and competencies is the enemy (killer) of growth in knowledge and competencies

3. Refusal of introspection is the enemy (killer) of growth in knowledge and competencies

4. Refusal of self-awareness is the enemy (killer) of growth in knowledge and competencies

5. Conclusion: If a person’s own perception of self-image is out of proportion higher than reality, it can lead to tendencies of acting out an authoritarian leadership style and certainly be a killer of growth in knowledge and leadership competencies.

Our definition of a fixed mindset: The inability to adapt or change opinions and beliefs, based on historical false building blocks.

Leadership development worldwide

Posted by: | Posted on: October 5, 2017

Goal setting and giving up too soon

Goal setting and giving up too soon

Goal setting and giving up to soon can be rectified by persistence.

So you feel beaten up and bruised and you’re ready to quit. You have no support system or the one you have is pathetically inadequate for the goals you’ve set. You’re so tired that the couch is looking more and more inviting everyday. You have bills piling up and you probably ought to get a real job anyway. The failure rate is statistically high and nobody is going to fault you if you quit. Who really cares if you give up and quit now? You do.

Find a way to create balance:

Let’s look at each piece one at a time. You’re beaten up and exhausted. Congratulations! That means you’ve been working harder then you’ve probably ever worked in your life. You wouldn’t be able to accomplish anything of real importance if you weren’t willing to bust your rump working through everything on your to-do list. You may need some lessons in balance and patience, but not in how to apply good old fashioned elbow grease. If you can schedule a short break to replenish your strength, then do so, but don’t give up and quit all together. If there’s no way you can stop now because you have too many important deadlines then bust through the deadlines. Can you speed it up and finish things early so that you could squeeze in a break? After a full night sleep, do you think that you’d still want to quit or would you be ready to dive back in? The fact that you’re working so hard isn’t the problem, it’s that you aren’t getting adequate rest and relaxation. Find a way to create balance.

You have nobody that will pitch in to help you or else the help you have isn’t all that helpful. Kind of reminds me of when my two year old tries to help with the laundry. He picks the dirty laundry up off of the floor and stuffs it into the dryer along with the stuff that just finished drying. Well meaning, but not as helpful as he thinks he is. I wish I could give you magic solutions as to how to find helpful people when you’re working on your goals and dreams but the truth is, most people are too busy with their own lives to be able to offer much assistance anyway. Unless you can afford to hire people to help you or you promise to help them on something they’re needing help with, you probably aren’t going to find a whole lot of help. Also there’s the learning curve and how much time it takes to teach someone how to do what it is you need help with. It’s a rare and beautiful thing when the perfect person comes along with nothing better to do then to roll up their sleeves and help. It’s a tough reality, but basically, it’s your goal, your dream, and your job to make it happen.

If the project you are working on means anything to you, then you won’t really enjoy the couch potato solution as much as you might think. Funny thing about the really big powerful dreams, they haunt us. Every time you turn around there it is following you around reminding you that you haven’t finished it yet. It will keep showing up in everything you do and especially in the things that you don’t do. If it really matters, if it’s your calling, if it’s your life’s work, then it isn’t going to let you become a couch potato. Laying around not doing your dream will be more exhausting and depressing then when you were working your buns off trying to make it come true. Take a quick break if you need to, but don’t get too comfy sitting there and don’t even think that you aren’t going to get back up again. The longer you sit there, the further behind schedule you’ll be and the more you’ll have to do to catch up with where you were when you quit. You know how it is when you take a week off for vacation. You have to work two or three weeks to catch up with everything that fell behind. You have got to take your mental health breaks, but don’t make it a permanent vacation.

What if you have financial problems or family obligations that are seriously nagging at you? That’s such a difficult position to be in. Only you can determine what’s in your long term best interest. Again, a support system would be nice, but if they aren’t there to help, then you have to create balance. If you give up on your dreams to take care of and support everyone else, you may feel like you’re doing the right thing in the moment, but was your life better off for it? If you disregard everything in order to stay focused on your dream, will it cost you the companionship of your loved ones down the road? Who will be there to celebrate with you when you finally do succeed? Not too easy to find a wealthy philanthropist to support your efforts to live out your dreams without earning a living. You have to make those really tough choices. Somehow you have to create balance between your dreams, your ability to keep a roof over your head, and your ability to keep loved ones near and dear.

It’s easy to quit where so many others have already gone and failed before you. Survival of the fittest dictates that not everyone is ideally designed to accomplish all goals. Not everyone is supposed to be an entrepreneur. Not everyone is meant to be a musician. Not everyone is meant to be president. The truth is, if you’ve picked a goal that is suited to your own natural talents and gifts and if it’s infused with your own passion and fire, then chances are that you are one of the lucky few who is meant to live that dream. Just because everyone else failed doesn’t mean that you are meant to fail too. Statistics don’t mean anything unless you decide to become one.

You are either going to quit or you’re going to find inspiration and keep going. You can quit if you want, but you already know if quitting will feel worse then trudging through a little while longer. Somewhere you know deep down if you’re meant to succeed or not. What if you were meant to succeed and role model tenacity to those around you? What if that’s somehow the divine cosmic plan all along? God loves an underdog! Don’t quit just yet.

Persistence is the key:

In order to achieve your goals, you must develop the habit of persistence. You must stay focused and be determined to get to your destination.

Once, there was a dog named Jack. She was a typical house pet in a typical middle-income family. The family lived in a rather small house. So, home to Jack was the backyard, which was rather small too. Jack’s world revolved around the four corners of this small backyard, which was likewise used as the laundry area. Peculiar as it may seem, Jack had a favourite area in this backyard where it slept and stayed. This was the area under the sink, where most of the laundry work was being done.

Jack shared its favourite space with the laundry woman. The laundry woman stored all sorts of soapboxes, pails, basins and tools under the sink, which created obstructions for the poor dog. But still, Jack would be found crawling under its favourite area and making itself comfortable amidst these objects. At times, the laundry woman stored heavy objects in Jack’s favourite spot that the poor dog had to struggle to move these objects aside just to be able to squeeze itself in. Jack could hardly move; but somehow, it still liked the spot very much.

All sorts of combinations have been done to discourage the dog from sleeping under the sink; but still, the dog always managed to squeeze itself in. When Jack found it difficult to fit itself into the spot, she would sit for a while looking at its favorite spot as if contemplating and thinking of a way to get itself into it. And in each of its attempts, it succeeded. Aren’t you amazed at such a display of persistence? To think that Jack is just a dog makes it more amazing!

If a dog has such level of persistence, why can’t we humans have the same? If we meet obstacles, we easily wave the white flag of surrender. This shows our lack of persistence, determination, and tenacity in pursuing our goals. It takes persistence to move forward to progress. If we stop somewhere along the road towards success in life, it is like starting from the top again. When we give up, we lose everything we worked hard for: time, effort, money, and most especially, the opportunity to succeed in life.

We will never know how close we are to success if we surrender somewhere in-between. It is a choice between success and failure. Surrendering is accepting failure. Persistence to continue, despite obstacles, is the way to success. We can accept failures, why not? Our mindset must be programmed to perceive failures as temporary. Failure is a pre-requisite to success and it is only temporary. When we fail, it is time to assess and learn from our mistakes. Then, we must find another way and still move on until we reach the door of success, never wavering to whatever obstacles that may hinder us.

We should open our minds and expect instances when we will be confronted with obstacles that would result to making a decision whether to continue or not. We may be undecided which course of action to take next. The best way is to examine the options and alternatives available to us. From there, we can move forward and continue to our journey towards the achievement of our goals.

Success is never easy, and failure is part of success. The sad part is that most of us are deterred by the mere thought of failure, and this paralyzes us from taking the right course of action. We see many people who easily give up and are satisfied with their own meagre sense of accomplishment. They simply sit back and watch successful people enjoy life while they engage in self-pity, regretting that they have given up too soon.

The choice is ours to make.

Do you have what it takes?

If you’ve been trying to make a business online but had a few setbacks you’ve probably asked yourself this question and the others listed below. Use the added answers to keep going when you feel like just “throwing in the towel”. Don’t worry be happy! It’s easy to say but hard to do, without some kind of logical reasoning behind the positive affirmations.

Here are the questions and the logical answers one can use to keep oneself motivated and ensure that one achieves one’s potential.

1. Do you have what it takes to make money on the internet?
2. How do you know if you should to quit or not?
3. What does it take?
4. Why are some people successful and yet others aren’t?
5. Does what I do now effect my future?

Do you ever ask yourself these questions? Then use the same answers listed below as a self-talk strategy to stay on track! The answers are listed in the same order as the questions.

1. Yes, I have a computer and usually have access to the internet.
2. Because I started I have to finish.
3. It takes perseverance, tenacity, faith, self belief; I have all of those qualities.
4. Some are successful because they are lucky, some because they are smart, some because they work hard, some because they never give up. I have a little of all those qualities.
5. Yes, if I sow a seed today I’ll reap a harvest tomorrow.

Feel free to develop your own questions and self-talk strategic answers for staying on track.

Leadership development worldwide

Posted by: | Posted on: October 5, 2017



Good employers want a balance of assertiveness and aggressiveness.

How to cultivate that vital balance

Employers often avoid hiring overly aggressive employees as they drive business away. However employers want and hire assertive employees because assertive behaviour projects capability and promotes a healthy productive working environment. What are these traits and how can you create a healthy balance?

Assertive behaviour can be many things. It can be standing up for your rights, expressing yourself honestly, with courtesy and comfortably as well as observing and respecting the rights of others.

Assertive behaviour promotes equality and a healthy balance in human relationship. Assertion is based on human – right- especially the right to be treated with respect in all situations. Every person has the right to be listened to and taken seriously, to say yes or no with conviction, to express his or her opinion, and ask for what he or she wants.

Assertive behaviour is critical to a successful job search and career potential because it conveys self-esteem and capability.

Employers hire people who behave confidently and are able to convey their job descriptions comfortably and clearly. They want employees who strengthen human relations and project competence in the workplace. They hire applicants who demonstrate assertiveness in interviews, resumes, and all communications. To reach your full potential, be assertive and tactful expressing yourself, and respect the rights of others.

Generally personality types fall into three general categories. Non-assertive, aggressive and assertive. Employers avoid hiring non-assertive and aggressive employees because they are often detrimental in the workplace.

People who are non-assertive have difficulty expressing thoughts or feelings because they lack confidence. They may become unhappy because they permit others to abuse their rights. They project their feelings of unhappiness others.

Aggressive based people often violate the rights of others with domineering, pushy behaviour. Their goal is to dominate because they fear loss of control. Overly aggressive employees drive business away. The good employers who you would wish to work for usually identify such trouble and avoid hiring these types.

Assertive behaviour is essential to career success. Assertive people are confident, express their needs and opinions comfortably, and are sensitive to the needs of others.

The type of employer that you would want to work for usually search out assertive employees as their behaviour projects capability and promotes a healthy , productive working environment.

What are techniques by which you can develop assertiveness? Practice expressing your feelings and needs calmly and clearly. As well continually demonstrate acceptance and respect for others by praising them sincerely and honestly why they perform or behave well.

The whole point is to deal with other people in a sincere and truthful way. Imitate friendships. Express your opinions in meetings or conversations particularly when you strongly believe or are knowledgeable about the topic. Don’t talk just to be noticed.

Contribute something to each conversation.

It may help to join a professional or service organization or club. You can always volunteer. This is good way to network and build your assertive skills.

Remember the type of employer that would have a pleasing, easy going workplace without great interpersonal conflicts is the place you want to be.

Generally the people who do the hiring in such progressive firms recognize the traits of the applicants that they wish to hire. A balance of assertive behaviour without overly aggressive tendencies is preferred. Groom yourself for those personal traits.

Assertiveness top ten tips

Assertiveness is a life skill; useful both inside and outside work. However, the reactions and behaviours we employ now are the result of years of fine tuning. Being assertive doesn’t happen overnight, but the more practice you get, the more skilled you become. And while you may not always get what you want, you will always know you gave it your best.

So here are the top ten tips for improving your assertive behaviour:

1. Believe in yourself more – always think positively and feed yourself with positive inner dialogue. Stand in front of a mirror, look yourself in the eye, and tell yourself how wonderful you are!

2. Recognize that you can never change other people. You can only change what you do; and that a change in your behaviour will afford others the opportunity to behave differently towards you.

3. Learn to respond, not react. Start choosing how to behave, based on admitting and accepting the consequences. Accept that you – and only you – have made that choice: nobody has forced you into it.

4. Stop beating yourself up for your decisions and behaviours. Instead, turn every situation into a positive learning opportunity for future behaviour change.

5. Watch your body language. Make sure it matches your words: people tend to believe what they see rather than what they hear.

6. Use the green cross code: Stop Look Listen – then think about how you want to respond. This will ensure you stay in control of you and the situation, and afford others the opportunity to do so as well.

7. Aim for situation resolution, not self-defence. Concentrate on the situation rather than your own feelings, and recognize that the other person is most probably angry about the situation – not with you.

8. Consider and choose your words. Lose the words that signal “I’m a pushover” such as “I’m terribly sorry”, or “I’m afraid”, or “Could you possibly…?” or “Can I just …?” Substitute big “I” statements followed by factual descriptions instead of judgments or exaggerations. This will encourage the other person to do the same.

9. Say “no” when you want to. Don’t forget to afford yourself all of the rights you allow everyone else to have. And if it helps, remember that you are not refusing them personally, you are refusing their request.

10. Take a “can do” attitude. Believe that things don’t just happen to you – but that you can make them happen.

See how we can help to get rid of an inferiority complex on this page.

Upgrade yourself footer image

Posted by: | Posted on: September 24, 2017

Job description of a foreign exchange trader

Forex header

Job description of a foreign exchange trader

Forex trader job description

Forex trader job requirement for success.

Main Objective:

The primary goal of being a successful Forex Trader is to achieve positive cash flow in to the Companies accounts. This in itself sounds like an over simplified statement, but it is the overall goal to the task at hand. We will go through the steps you will be required to use to achieve that goal.

First and foremost, you must have the positive mind-set that you will achieve the goal. Those who don’t think they can won’t succeed. They are constantly looking for the reasons why to fail. We here at the Company all have a common goal to succeed at what we do. In our job here as well as in our private lives. We are always looking for the ideas and means to better ourselves to achieve anything we set out to achieve and the willingness to share those ideas.

This being our common goal, the support structure of a group of successful traders and others willing to share what they know, has already been set in place and at your disposal. They are here to support and guide you. Remember that. They are here to GUIDE you. Not teach how to place orders, or give calls. They are willing to help in some of these things time permitting. But you have to remember they are also working, some two jobs and have to succeed for the Company also.

So do your part and learn the basics of trading from a technical standpoint first. Then move to the actual analysis segment where you then learn to place trades based on FACTS not myths. The FACTS being what we can actually see with our eyes and then make choices from those FACTS. The word FACTS is very important. Because as you will see, you must learn to trust the FACTS undeniably without pause or hesitation. I am sure there are many traders that could be more successful if they could gain that trust. Missed entries, late entries, Wrong entries, early withdrawal of profits, are all causes of the lack of trusting of the FACTS.

So what are the mechanics required to being a successful Forex Trader? I use the word mechanics as you will see, trading is no different than any other type of mechanical action. Action being “any reaction is the cause of an action” the reaction we are looking for is positive trades. This is the mentality of trading anything; it is nothing more than a group of people reacting to and about the way they view their analysis, whether it be technical or fundamental (news events). We will not focus on the fundamental side as the key word in there is MENTAL. Not cutting anyone down, but the skill to trade fundamentally requires a mind set and expertise many would find impossible to achieve. The professionals that trade fundamentals usually have teams of people to gather and digest the required information. As you will be working alone this is not an option for you. So as some say, we will just view fundamental trading as noise to ignore or avoid, depending on your skill level.

We trade only Price Action and we trade true price action. There are a lot of people out there saying that they trade Price Action. They make that statement because they say they aren’t using indicators. The use of indicators is not the defining point of Price Action trading. As you know we use indicators, but we don’t use them to decide the trade as they are nothing more than a set of tools to inform us that price has reached an area we might want to take notice of.

Even most of those that are making that statement are still waiting on something, to take the trade as candlestick pattern making a break of a line. That is just an indicator of a different sort and at times can still have the same results. Using indicators can become late entries and wrong entries. What you will learn to do is trade off the price action, learning to read the charts the same way a river pilot reads a river and can avoid sandbars and snags ultimately arriving at his destination in one piece. That isn’t to say he hasn’t got stuck on a sand bar or two. But that he has a better chance than most to succeed, no one can avoid all the hazards but when they do accrue the ability to deal with them in a swift timely manner is the difference between a professional and someone else that panics, causing more damage than the initial problem.

Which way, up, down or sideways?

The only thing you know for certain is that the price will move from the left of your screen to the right side. That is the ONLY undeniable statement we can make. And I am sure there are those that would argue with that. So that narrows down the choice that what we need to choose up or down… You have the traders that even refuse to make this choice they are called straddle traders they place PO (Pending Orders) on each side of a consolidation or ranging area and wait for the price to get them into the trade. Nothing wrong with that, everyone has their on style. We then have the higher time frame traders; they do use some analysis in their trades and normally are the more successful at the game. Their downfall comes with the rigidity of their strategies. They are of the mind-set of set it and forget it, let it do what it may, so they only have two outcomes a full win or a loss and their losses are normally great as to trade 4 hr and up charts require large stops. The Company has a policy that once you’re in a positive trade we will do everything in our power to keep it that way. Because what is our goal, to make Money.

So we have talked about Price Action and this is what leads us into profitable trades. We also have said there is a difference to some PA trading and others. The difference to our ideas and others is our abilities to integrate different thought patterns into one. The art of trading is full of different groups that know for a fact that theirs is the only true way to trade. Just read any forum and you will see time and again the contention of the different groups the scalper verses the longer term, or the Indicator trader verses the naked chart guy. If the groups would devote as much time to education as they do to the slaying of each other, profitable they would all be. But by chance that is where the founders came from. Their style of flexible trading, or having the ability to not be rigid in their thoughts and see the market for what it truly is. Is what lead to the beginning of the thread, looking for a friendlier place to hang out and we can never thank them enough for allowing us entry.

So onward with your duties, so how do we achieve what many find impossible what makes our strategies better than most. It is that ability to conform or flex our decisions around the market and not try to fit the market into our ideas as that will never work. Think for a moment about that statement alone for a minute. You are probably thinking I would never do that anyway. But if you’re like most, you do it not even thinking about it. You made your choice regarding a trade you accept the risk and you have placed the required orders. You now expect the market to give you what you have asked for. The difference is that we make our choices, we accept the risk then place the orders. BUT once we are in the trade we have the ability to be flexible and adjust according to the Price Action not accepting our fate to random acts. That is one difference.

The second and probably the hardest to accept is to enter as a scalper but trade as a position trader. The integration of those two ideas is the core difference between our strategies and those of most others. It is also a point of argument that it isn’t profitable or goes against everything most have learned. If you have studied the material provided. You will see in the beginning I myself devoted a great deal of effort and time to the production of charts. That produced a set of Flash cards that show a great many trade ideas off the 15 min charts primarily. I have come to the understanding that they are just the first shot that starts the battle in most cases. Just allowing us to enter what could be a very large move or not. It is always our goal to accept as much money as the market is willing for us to take. It is there for the taking just take it. Others have tried to share these ideas and some have been able to profit from them. But as far as an overall package I have only found here the ideas of position entry and then the management of the trades that actually provide a complete successful strategy.

The bones:

(1) Charts (see the two charts below near the bottom of this page):

(A): We are assuming you have already added the MA’s from the PDF to all your charts. I will remind everyone again we are using the MA’s as floating Support and resistance levels. Once those MA’s are on your charts it will become very clear as to what we are talking about. We ARE NOT looking for A to cross B to do this or that. They are just another line drawn in the sand which helps you to see a given area of possible trades.

(B): You then need to determine the major support and resistance levels on your Charts. The 4 Hr. is the most useful but all the charts should be marked as the price does respect levels from any time. The areas that coincide on all the time frames are your major areas. The dailies really come into play once we are in new territory not showing on your lower time charts.

(C): Mark any trend lines on your charts just connecting the Higher Highs and Lower Lows. Once drawn you will see if you’re in a channel or is there just one line that price keeps coming off of. Here is a place where drawing trend lines is important on your Daily, Weekly or even Monthly charts can give you a look at possibilities most may miss.

(D): The use of any other tools for your analysis is a personal issue I still use my fibs others use Pivot Points, Stochastic etc… But as time goes by you will start to notice that the floating MA’s we use are also the places that those tools are showing you. But in the beginning the little extra confidence gained from them is good. Also we don’t care what tools anyone uses as long as we stick to the primary use of such tools which is to help us to see the price action clearer. Now we don’t like when others try and push exotic indicators that can’t be deciphered by the naked eye. As we continue you will see how simple this style of trading is to do. I have come to think it is to simple making people look for and see stuff that isn’t there. That is one reason for this instructional manual.

(2) Your Orders:

(A): It is not anyone’s place to tell you how much to risk or what to put on your trades. The information given here is what works for most of the successful traders here. The risk threshold is different form one person to the other. But if you risk a smaller amount than you normally would it may make the difference in your ability to manage your trade or even the way you think to jump in a trade.

(C): If you have migrated from the Long term Large Stop group you will see also that you might even be able to trade at a higher dollar level as your initial stops have been drastically reduced. In essence, allowing your risk per trade to remain the same but your profits per trade to exceed your previous goals a great deal. There will be more on this later.

(D): Your order size pre-set on your platform should be a multiple of your ideal position size. This will allow you the ability to be more flexible in the management of your trades. Which you will see is key in the process of making you a successful Forex Trader. I would say if possible at least 4 or 5 and maybe as high as 10 the more the better. It just gives you more options.

(E): Your pre-set stop should equal the amount you would ever want to lose on one trade, as the stop levels do change depending on the actual trade at the time taken. It normally would be a lot smaller than most long term traders have used in the past. The exception to this rule is there are times when some in the room will take trades during their normal sleeping hours and they might set a large stop to another S/R level off the 4 Hr. With all our trading, you never have to follow and actually blindly following isn’t the way to success. You are here to learn not follow. Then on the other side I know of one the best traders on here that never uses a stop over 20 pips. But that requires a very good entry that most are bit nervous to take.

(F): Profit Targets these are not as important as your stops as you will see the taking of our gains will become an art in itself. TP’s are used once the trade is in action but might entail removing various amounts at different levels and not the take all lose all your use too.

(3) The Entry Choice:

(A): What if I told you that the hardest part of trading the choice of which way is probably the most simplest in fact. The reason it is so hard is like almost everything else you have had to learn in your life a lack of understanding. This is why almost any successful trader will tell you that it isn’t hard at all. Some will go as far to say it is boring one reason trading rooms are around. You also say you must be mechanical in your trading. That statement I feel is always a bit misleading. It tends to imply the jumping off the cliff in my mind. What I feel it really means is when the next trade has been decided upon and the entry level is reached do not hesitate enter the trade. Because there are trades that look the same but because the area or level they are at on different charts might make it a higher risk trade. So don’t blindly jump make sure the pool has water in it first.

(B): The main idea to understand and what I feel the mass majority of so called Price Action traders are missing and what has taken me a while to come to believe is the FACT that the historical data that you see on your chart is the key to trading period. I have had discussions with other people and they will almost 100% disagree with me when I say that taking trades from The Previous Price Action is a great way to trade. The funny thing is most of those people are higher time frame profitable traders. That use S/R Yet they still miss the best entries mainly because of a lack of faith in the FACTS. This last week I have started to see the reaction of price at these PPA areas. The price action maybe 30 minutes to 1 Hr. old or it could be a few days or weeks. What you have to believe in is that it will be effected a majority of the time. Not all the time but most of the time. Even if it does not make a complete turn it does and will allow you to gain a profit. As long as you manage the trade and not let the trade manage you.

(C): Now for some reality check. See Chart A. this is the GBP/USD from Friday Aug 14, 2009. (You never know how long things float around the internet). The top is the 15 Min. next 1hr. then the 4 Hr. The red and white arrows are showing the same time zone on each chart. The white Previous Price Action line is giving us the area we are concerned with. In this case around 1.6605

(D): The 15 min chart is showing price rising with the first 2 red arrows and peaking out. The 1 Hr. would be showing the same price hitting its high of that candle at that time. The same would be occurring on the 4 Hr. But as we look to our left and should have marked as a Resistance level anyway. We can see that price has been turned back here before. These are just small sections of the charts on full size it has turned here on the 4 Hr. many times. But price is rising then it starts to pull back. If we are aggressive we could take a short straight away Just believing that price will turn back again here. That would have been a correct call. Your stop from the top could be very small indeed.

If you are more conservative you could have waited for the hangman on the 15 Min. the 3rd red candle. It is a turning trigger one of many shown in the charts at the beginning of the thread. Plus price is receding on the 1 HR. and the 4 Hr. Minor loss of pips waiting for that confirmation. With the price action we had been seeing leading up to this turn. Once the price hit the 1.6580 area we would have probably covered this trade reducing the amount of our position to insure a profitable trade. I don’t think moving our stop at this time would have occurred. Then price went back up on the first and second white candle retesting the top. The Price also retested the top on 1 Hr. and 4 Hr. charts. But as we can see it did not close above the PPA which what we are looking for to break the trade.

The third white candle is showing a harami or inside bar, another turning signal. The fourth white candle is showing us the 3rd time price has failed to make a higher high at that point. We could add back what we had taken away at the 135.80 area, as the price is having strong indications of falling further. Then depending on how fast the price actually fell (can’t tell in hindsight) we would have taken some profit off at the 50 Emma 15 Min. and moved our stop to break even or +2. We then see that price continued to the 1.6500 area. We would have more than likely have taken more profit 1.6520 as that was an area of consolidation and had some PPA attached to it as well. Then it continued all the way to 1.6583 where we have very strong PPA and got turning triggers on both the 15 min. and 1 Hr charts.

(E): What else do we see?

(1) We had two chances to enter this trade off the 15 min. chart. Missing the first would have cost us some profits.
(2) We had 2 chances to enter off the 1 Hr. chart if we were highly conservative we wouldn’t have entered till after the white candle had closed. That would have cost us twice as much if we had entered on the first 15 Min.
(3) The 50 ema on the 4 hr. is our line drawn in the sand on this trade as it being our resistance level held and turned price back.
(4) If you were waiting for a 4hr. entry you probably never had a trade to take. Notice how the 50 ema 4 Hr. is almost forming a trend line. And price has turned from it a few times previously.
(5) The key is to take the trades based off the PPA as it will pay you well. Then to cover your trade if Price Action is strong against you.
(6) If you look left on the 1 Hr. chart you will see the circled area second from the left. Price did break the PPA here but it went up over 50 pips first. Plenty of profit to be taken and locked in.
(7) Looking at your 15 Min. chart you can see when price broke through the major MA’s 35/50 that price came back and retested before going further down just like any support line that has been broken.

(F): Chart B EUR/JPY.

I am not going through this one but as you can see the same applies and this happens again and again. The idea as I stated earlier a scalper would be waiting for these areas to jump on to grab a few pips. The higher time chart guys would maybe not have gotten a trade or have lost some pips. But if we enter like a scalper then cover our position with profits and let it run we can achieve more gains than the scalper or the position trader. In this fashion when price is moving in your direction you can stay in a positive trade adjusting your position as you go to take as much profits that are there to get.

(G): Summary:

(1) Setup your platform
(2) Plot your Support and Resistance and Trend lines
(3) Pay attention when approaching these areas.
(4) Enter the trade at the best price possible to limit the amount of stop required
(5) If the price gets you into profit take some off to guarantee a profitable trade
(6) If you get stopped out look to re-enter off the same trigger you entered before.
(7) The entry Triggers of any time frame are valid forever. One more time the entry Triggers are forever good. Until your current price action closes above or below it. The key word is close… We are always working off the previous candle. The present one is nothing till closed it can change in an instant.
(8) Always take notice of your higher time frame charts. They can show you where price will turn and the level it should reach next.

By using the ideas above and the 15 min trade ideas for times of consolidation. The overall success rate of our members should be awesome. Do not overthink it. Notice the areas and take action. If the area breaks, close and wait for the next area. Many people have their stops at that next area but there is no reason to pay to play. Unless you’re an absently player. You could risk in 4 or more trades what some risk on one. That is one of the great things with this set of strategies. This not a set it and forget it idea, but once your trade is in profit you can be assured that a profitable outcome will happen leaving the trade to do its thing. Now get in there and make the Company some money.

Chart A – GBP versus USD image:

Chart 1
Chart B – EUR versus JPY image:

Chart 2

If you are interested in learning foreign exchange trading, before you jump in heads and shoulders and maybe burn your fingers and money, download the catalogue below.

Click the image below to get it!

Foreign exchange pack of 15 ebooks

Forex footer

Posted by: | Posted on: September 21, 2017

The younger generation in the workplace

The younger generation in the workplace

Millennials refer to the younger generation in the age group 18 to 36.

Millennials in the workplace. They don’t need trophies, but they want reinforcement. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, Millennials will be the largest generation in the workforce. This should not be shocking considering Millennials are quickly becoming the most influential population in our market today as they are graduating from college and reaching their peak employment years.

These Millennials are entering the workforce and they are bringing with them a new perception of what office life should be like and how relationships between employers and employees should be structured. In order to create the most Millennial friendly workplace, there are a few things you should know about the generation that will represent nearly 75 percent of the work force by 2030.

1. They want to grow, even if that means growing out of your company.

Can you guess the average tenure of Millennial employees? Two years. In the span of a professional career, two years seems to hardly make dent. In comparison, the average tenure for Gen X employees is five years and seven years for Baby Boomers. One of the primary reasons Millennials are more likely to change jobs is because they are not willing to stick around if they do not believe they are receiving any personal benefit or growth.

Millennials embrace a strong entrepreneurial mindset and they are often on the lookout for opportunities that can continue to move them up the ladder, even if that means up and out of their current position. As digital natives, Millennials have grown up in an era where the number of resources they have is almost infinite making them more efficient problem solvers and critical thinkers.

In order to keep up with this fast moving generation, don’t slow them down. If you notice your Millennial employees looking for more advanced opportunities give them more challenging work or encourage them to keep moving. Sound crazy? It’s not. If a Millennial employee feels like their bosses are invested in their personal growth they will be more likely to develop a stronger relationship not just with the company but with the people in it.

2. They want a coach, not a boss.

Piggybacking off of the previous insight, Millennial employees expect greater accessibility to the leadership in their offices and are looking for more mentorship rather than just direction. Research shows that the number one reason Millennials are likely to leave their current job is because of their boss. Creating an environment where Millennial employees feel supported and valued by the leadership will lead to increased productivity and valuable relationships.

That means that employee/employer relationships must extend beyond just the formal annual work review. According to a recent survey conducted by TriNet, a company dedicated to providing HR solutions, 69 percent of Millennials see their company’s review process as flawed. A major reason for this is because of the lack of feedback throughout the year. The survey also found that three out four Millennials feel in dark about their performance and nearly 90 percent would feel more confident if they had ongoing check-ins with their bosses.

Source: http://www.forbes.com/sites/jefffromm/2015/11/06/millennials-in-the-workplace-they-dont-need-trophies-but-they-want-reinforcement/#123de4b85127

11 Shocking employee happiness statistics that will blow your mind

1. Companies with happy employees outperform the competition by 20%
2. Happy employees are 12% more productive
3. 67% of full-time employees with access to free food at work are extremely or very happy at their current job
4. Happy sales people produce 37% greater sales
5. 36% of employees would give up $5000 a year in salary to be happier at work
6. Close work friendships boost employee satisfaction by 50%
7. People with a best friend at work ar 7 x more likely to engage fully in their work
8. The top 3 factors contributing to job satisfaction are job security, opportunities to use skills and abilities and organisation’s financial stability
9. Employees who report being happy at work take 10 x fewer sick days than unhappy employees
10. Fortune’s “100 best companies to work for” enjoyed a raise in stock prices of 14% per year from 1998 to 2005, compared to 6% for the overall market
11. Only 42% of employees are happy with the rewards and recognition their companies offer

Source: http://www.snacknation.com/blog/employee-happiness/


1. As millennials pour into the workforce, companies are seeing drastically higher levels of employee disengagement and turnover. Job hopping is rampant. 60% OF MILLENNIALS leave their company in less than three years. 87% report it costs between $15-25,000 to replace each millennial employee they lose. 40% currently employ 50 or more millennial workers.

2. Here are 5 key values millennials look for in an employer:
• Development. Millennials are hungry for training, career advancement, and opportunities for growth.
• Meaning. Nothing is more important to millennials than doing work that matters.
• Autonomy. Millennials have a natural entrepreneurial spirit and want to work on their own terms.
• Efficiency. There’s always a better, faster, and easier way to work. Millennials want to find it.
• Transparency. Information is essential to millennials — they want to be kept in-the-know on the job.

3. Millennials leave companies for a simple reason: they’re not getting what they need.
It’s going to take more than job security or paychecks to keep them. This generation is a bit younger, a bit more hopeful. They want to be a part of something bigger than themselves. To contribute to an organization that will nurture them professionally. Most of all, it seems they are hungry to learn and eager to do their best work.

4. They want to feel valued, and be given tasks that allow them to stretch themselves to the full extent of their abilities and, by doing so, develop their skills.

5. They want an environment to speed up their learning, in other words they want to be exposed to training for development of inter alia leadership skills and team leadership skills for faster career advancement.

We, at https://global-association-for-managers.biz provide this young generation the opportunity to train themselves, so they do not have to wait on employers, who may be way behind to fill their needs.

Self-improvement in team leadership skills will dramatically increase the chances of vertical (existing employer) and horizontal (external employers) job promotion, as well as business owner success, in any economic cycle, as competitors with these skills are relatively few.

Click this image to see what is missing:

The missing knowledge link for most young employees and entrepreneurs image

Trends footer

Posted by: | Posted on: September 21, 2017

Trends in employee engagement expectations

Trends in employee engagement expectations

Trends in employee engagement expectations transforming organisation policies worldwide.

Organisations under pressure to accommodate employee engagement expectations.

1. The new generation employees (Generation Y – the millennials) borne from 1980 to 2000, have one foot out of the employer door.

– 66% of them expect to leave their current employers by the end of 2020.
– 63% believe their leadership skills are not being fully developed, but the ability to progress and take on a leadership role is one of the most important drivers when evaluating job opportunities.
– Only 52% of leavers within 2 years, believe training to be widely available to progress in leadership roles.
– 71% of leavers within 2 years, believe their leadership skills are not being fully developed.
– 57% of leavers within 2 years, feel overlooked for potential leadership positions.
– 62% of the new generation employees measure an organisation against employee satisfaction and 63% also against product/service quality.
– 56% of the new generation employees say they ruled out ever working for a particular organisation because its values went against their personal values.
– The new generation employees regard the following drivers for employer choice, the most important: financial benefits, work-life balance, opportunities to progress into leadership positions, flexible working hours, doing meaningful work and professional development training programs.

Source: http://www2.deloitte.com/global/en/pages/about-deloitte/articles/millennialsurvey.html#

The new digital generation has become almost just as mobile as their mobile digital devices and has much lower feelings and sentiments of attachment and loyalty to employers than previous generations.

2. Extract from findings and future directions:

“As seen in this study, the results indicate specific areas in which academicians, supervisors, subordinates and co-workers, may better understand the motivations, thought processes and resulting behaviours of the Millennial cohort. In addition, this study may provide some food for thought for the parents of the next generation regarding ways in which to discourage and deal with this type of behaviour. Although this paper is incomplete as to the predictors of or results of entitlement behaviour, it can serve as a starting point for understanding the behaviour of this group as it moves through college into the workforce.”

Source: http://www.thefreelibrary.com/A+study+of+the+cognitive+determinants+of+generation+Y%27s+entitlement+…-a0289620439

3. Extract from Forbes “Millennials in The Workplace: They don’t need trophies but they want reinforcement:

3.1 They want to grow, even if that means growing out of your company.
Can you guess the average tenure of Millennial employees? Two years. In the span of a professional career, two years seems to hardly make a dent. In comparison, the average tenure for Gen X employees is five years and seven years for Baby Boomers. One of the primary reasons Millennials are more likely to change jobs is because they are not willing to stick around if they do not believe they are receiving any personal benefit or growth.

Millennials embrace a strong entrepreneurial mind set and they are often on the lookout for opportunities that can continue to move them up the ladder, even if that means up and out of their current position. As digital natives, Millennials have grown up in an era where the number of resources they have is almost infinite making them more efficient problem solvers and critical thinkers.

In order to keep up with this fast moving generation, don’t slow them down. If you notice your Millennial employees looking for more advanced opportunities, give them more challenging work or encourage them to keep moving. Sound crazy? It’s not. If a Millennial employee feels like their bosses are invested in their personal growth, they will be more likely to develop a stronger relationship not just with the company but with the people in it.

3.2 They want a coach, not a boss.
Piggy backing off of the previous insight, Millennial employees expect greater accessibility to the leadership in their offices and are looking for more mentorship rather than just direction. Research shows that the number one reason Millennials are likely to leave their current job is because of their boss. Creating an environment where Millennial employees feel supported and valued by the leadership will lead to increased productivity and valuable relationships.

That means that employee/employer relationships must extend beyond just the formal annual work review. According to a recent survey conducted by TriNet, a company dedicated to providing HR solutions, 69 percent of Millennials see their company’s review process as flawed. A major reason for this is because of the lack of feedback throughout the year. The survey also found that three out four Millennials feel in dark about their performance and nearly 90 percent would feel more confident if they had ongoing check-ins with their bosses.

“The more frequent the check-ins are, the better,” said Rob Hernandez, Perform Product Manager at Trinet. “The biggest issue with the annual review process is the formality. There is often more emphasis on reflection rather than opportunities for improvement in the future.””

Source: http://www.forbes.com/sites/jefffromm/2015/11/06/millennials-in-the-workplace-they-dont-need-trophies-but-they-want-reinforcement/#123de4b85127

4. Money is not everything:

These are the factors they value the most in sequence of most important to less important:
4.1 Opportunities for career progression
4.2 Competitive wages/other financial incentives
4.3 Excellent training/development programs
4.4 Good benefits packages
4.5 Flexible working arrangements
4.6 International opportunities
4.7 Good reputation for ethical practices
4.8 Corporate values that match your own
4.9 A reputation as an employer of the best and brightest people
4.10 The employer brand
4.11 Diversity/equal opportunities record
4.12 The sector in which the organisation operates

Source: http://www.pwc.com/people

5. Our predictions for future employee engagement trends:

5.1 Pressure will mount on Human Resources Professionals (including their educational curriculum), to lead organisations into transformation processes, to accommodate these employee engagement trends, to ensure organisation maintenance and improvement in competitiveness.
5.2 Organisation training programs will shift with more emphasis on team leadership, which might become just as important as in Defence Forces.

Self-improvement in team leadership skills will dramatically increase the chances of vertical (existing employer) and horizontal (external employers) job promotion, as well as business owner success, in any economic cycle, as competitors with these skills are relatively few.

Click this image to see what is missing:

The missing knowledge link for most young employees and entrepreneurs image

Education for the future header

Posted by: | Posted on: September 21, 2017

Performance management the right way

International star for quality in leadership

Performance management the right way

The integrated performance management system

The best performance management system is the organisation-wide integrated performance management system. It can also work in isolation for a department, a section or on a personal level as long as the implementer understands the meaning of “integrated”.

A definition of “integrated” can be clarified as follows: “To make into a whole by bringing all parts together; unify and combining or coordinating separate elements so as to provide a harmonious, interrelated whole; organized or structured so that constituent units function cooperatively”.

If you cannot see a danger coming your way, you cannot take counter moves to avoid or eliminate it. You can make all the great plans and strategic decisions, but if you cannot properly see whether it is working, you cannot rectify the problems. If you are on a hunting trip somewhere and concentrating on aiming at your target, but unaware of the lion creeping up on you from your backside, you are most likely to be eaten alive.

It is hard to drive a car in heavy rain as one’s vision can be impaired. Likewise it can be hard to drive a business when you do not have the right insights, in which case the business may drive you into looming dark alleys with no exits into brilliant light. The integrated performance management system (IPMS) can provide the solution for clarity of vision.

With more than 2000 performance management systems in use worldwide, it is no wonder that employees get disillusioned and disengaged with all the subjectivity embodied in many of the systems.

1. What is performance management?

According to Wikipedia performance management can be described as follows:

Performance management (PM) includes activities that ensure that goals are consistently being met in an effective and efficient manner. Performance management can focus on the performance of an organization, a department, employee, or even the processes to build a product or service, as well as many other areas.

Performance management as referenced on this page is a broad term coined by Dr. Aubrey Daniels in the late 1970s to describe a technology (i.e. science embedded in applications methods) for managing both behaviour and results, two critical elements of what is known as performance.

This is used most often in the workplace, can apply wherever people interact — schools, churches, community meetings, sports teams, health setting, governmental agencies, and even political settings – anywhere in the world people interact with their environments to produce desired effects. Armstrong and Baron (1998) defined it as a “strategic and integrated approach to increasing the effectiveness of organizations by improving the performance of the people who work in them and by developing the capabilities of teams and individual contributors.”

It may be possible to get all employees to reconcile personal goals with organizational goals and increase productivity and profitability of an organization using this process. It can be applied by organisations or a single department or section inside an organisation, as well as an individual person. The performance process is appropriately named the self-propelled performance process (SPPP).

First, a commitment analysis must be done where a job mission statement is drawn up for each job. The job mission statement is a job definition in terms of purpose, customers, product and scope. The aim with this analysis is to determine the continuous key objectives and performance standards for each job position.

Following the commitment analysis is the work analysis of a particular job in terms of the reporting structure and job description. If a job description is not available, then a systems analysis can be done to draw up a job description. The aim with this analysis is to determine the continuous critical objectives and performance standards for each job.

Managing employee or system performance facilitates for the effective delivery of strategic and operational goals. There is a clear and immediate correlation between using performance management programs or software and improved business and organizational results.

For employee performance management, using integrated software, rather than a spreadsheet based recording system, may deliver a significant return on investment through a range of direct and indirect sales benefits, operational efficiency benefits and by unlocking the latent potential in every employees work day (i.e. the time they spend not actually doing their job). Benefits may include:

Direct financial gain:
Grow sales
Reduce costs in the organization
Stop project overruns
Aligns the organization directly behind the CEO’s goals
Decreases the time it takes to create strategic or operational changes by communicating the changes through a new set of goals

Motivated workforce:
Optimizes incentive plans to specific goals for over achievement, not just business as usual
Improves employee engagement because everyone understands how they are directly contributing to the organisations high level goals
Create transparency in achievement of goals
High confidence in bonus payment process
Professional development programs are better aligned directly to achieving business level goals

Improved management control:
Flexible, responsive to management needs
Displays data relationships
Helps audit / comply with legislative requirements
Simplifies communication of strategic goals scenario planning
Provides well documented and communicated process documentation

Organizational Development
In organizational development (OD), performance can be thought of as Actual Results vs Desired Results. Any discrepancy, where Actual is less than Desired, could constitute the performance improvement zone. Performance management and improvement can be thought of as a cycle:
1. Performance planning where goals and objectives are established
2. Performance coaching where a manager intervenes to give feedback and adjust performance
3. Performance appraisal where individual performance is formally documented and feedback delivered

A performance problem is any gap between Desired Results and Actual Results. Performance improvement is any effort targeted at closing the gap between Actual Results and Desired Results.

Other organizational development definitions are slightly different. The U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) indicates that Performance Management consists of a system or process whereby:
1. Work is planned and expectations are set
2. Performance of work is monitored
3. Staff ability to perform is developed and enhanced
4. Performance is rated or measured and the ratings summarized
5. Top performance is rewarded

Wikipedia also has a description of “Business Performance Management“.

2. Why is there a need for performance management?

The efficiency of machinery or a system can sometimes obliterate the inefficiency of people. This means that unproductive employees can sometimes just ride along with the productive machinery. It also means the organisation is not running on peak productivity or peak performance.

Machinery does not have feelings, emotions, fears or thinking capabilities, which can distract it from its course of operations. As long as it is maintained in good shape, it can deliver a constant production rate, without getting tired.

Human beings, on the other hand, are diverse and complex beings, with their own interests, attitudes, personalities, perceptions and agendas, which they bring with them to work. That is why we study psychology, to treat, motivate, manage and lead them in spiritual ways. In doing so, we must bear in mind the main purpose of the organization for being in existence. So, however diverse and complex us human beings are, we are bound by the common goals of our organization. That is why you hear about goal setting, bench marking, performance and appraisals; all instruments to encourage us to achieve job goals. But all these things are not about the person, but the tasks at hand by that person.

If you do not have a good control mechanism over tasks at hand, people will dwindle off in their own directions, because of their complexities as human beings. If we prefer not to control, it is synonymous with being disloyal to your employer, who is paying for your services to curtail unproductiveness.

Extracts from an e-book titled “Why the need for Performance Management as a system?”, written by an unknown author.

“Performance management (PM) is the process of managing the execution of an organization’s strategy. It is how plans are translated into results.

PM escalates the visibility of quantified outputs and outcomes – in other words, results. PM provides explicit linkage between strategic, operational, and financial objectives. It communicates these linkages to managers and employee teams in a way they can comprehend, thereby empowering employees to act rather than cautiously hesitate or wait for instructions from their managers. PM also quantitatively measures the impact of planned spending, using key performance indicators born from the strategy map and balanced scorecard.

Everyone recognizes that employee teams are very knowledgeable in their own space. When management communicates to them what is wanted, employees can reply with an understanding of what initiatives it will take and how much it will cost. Internal politics and gaming are replaced by the preferable behaviour of employees taking responsibility like independent business owners.

Employees are creative, innovative, and driven if they know an objective or goal is obtainable. But too often, senior managers put forth unrealistic goals without having validated the fundamental financial, process, or resource requirements needed to achieve them. Operational systems were designed with a different purpose, thus contributing to their false promises as analytical solutions. In order to successfully set and reach goals, managers and employee teams must be able to create accurate, feasible plans and budgets that will support and drive goal achievement.

Employees are intangible assets. The knowledge of workers who go home each night and return in the morning is what produces value in many organizations today. A simple definition of this type of intangible asset, in contrast to a tangible asset, is something with potential that grows with time, rather than depreciates.

The sources of value creation are in people’s know-how and their passion to perform.

Human resource systems need to acknowledge employees as valued intangible assets, each with unique skills and experiences.

Inevitably management must come to grips with increasing bottom-line by getting more from its existing resources rather than removing them with layoffs. This imperative adds to the interest in performance management.

An economy with intangible assets as its primary source of economic value creation requires new forms of strategic direction, measurement, decision analysis, and organization. The formalization of PM as a discipline is central to these new forms.

PM integrates operational and financial information into a single decision support and planning framework. What makes today’s PM systems so effective is that work activities – what people, equipment, and assets do – are foundational to PM reporting, analysis, and planning. Work activities pursue the actions and projects essential to meet the strategic objectives constructed in strategy maps and the outcomes measured in scorecards.

PM combines the increasingly accepted strategic frameworks, such as the balanced scorecard, with intelligent software systems that span the enterprise to provide immediate feedback, in terms of alerts and traffic-lighting signals to unplanned deviations from plans. PM provides managers and employee teams with the ability to act proactively, before events occur or proceed so far that they demand a reaction.

PM applies to managing any organization, whether a business, a hospital, a university, a government agency, or a military body – any entity that has employees and partners with a purpose, profit-driven or not. In short, PM is universally applicable.

PM is the process of managing the strategy.”

PM also breeds collaboration between teams and departments.

I had received information from the Chief Executive of the Performance Management Association that there are more than 2000 different performance management systems in use worldwide.Some of those systems are being used in isolation and not coupled to a strategic planning process (SP). It is also a fact that some organisations do not even use the strategic planning technique. They do not have a formal strategic plan for the organisation.

The question can be asked how valid and appropriate can some or most of those many different systems be? If strategic planning and performance management are mutually dependent on each other for successful outcomes, on the same level of importance as the simultaneous co-existence of the heart and blood to the human body, in other words the one cannot survive without the other, how valid can PM systems be without SP and how successful can SP be without a PM system?

Get the link to download this complete report together with a six part volume of e-books, by subscribing to our occasional newsletter.

The need for performance management

Download all the handbooks written as a combined effort between Government and several Universities for implementation and use by the USA Government. I think it also commemorates a benchmark in USA history.

To get the download links, one must confirm the authenticity of one’s email address, by clicking the link in our email to you. If you do not confirm, the links will never reach you in our second email.

See this video:

3. Five Steps Toward A Performance-Driven Enterprise by Mark Stiffler : Synygy *

Enterprise Performance Management (EPM) improves performance by aligning the strategy and goals of the organization with employee objectives and competencies, variable pay, and real-time performance metrics and analytics.

Companies with forward-thinking leaders who strive to keep their organization’s competitive edge and ensure its long term success and viability embrace EPM because it provides a centralized tool to manage the full cycle of the intelligent business decision process based on real time factual data.

EPM begins with the strategic planning process and articulation of a vision for the organization. EPM continues with the development of top-level objectives and the cascading of these objectives along with criteria for performance throughout the enterprise. EPM is also about measuring performance and linking pay to performance and then analyzing results and adjusting the strategy—creating a process of continuous improvements in workforce productivity.

Strategy is the structure that steers the decisions that form the future character and essence of an organization. The first step in the EPM process is defining the strategy—setting a clear vision and direction of what the enterprise aspires to become in the future.

Strategic planning, on the other hand, is the process of defining top-level objectives—how the enterprise will deliver its strategy. This process identifies key performance perspectives or indicators that can be visible to, shared by, and communicated to the entire workforce.
The results of the strategic planning process should be a list of strategic business goals categorized into performance perspectives. These goals form the basis for the objective setting process throughout the enterprise hierarchy.

A cascading objective process allows you to “operationalize” the top-level objectives, by translating the strategic business goals identified in the strategic planning process into a series of measurable objectives that relate to the various levels of the organizational hierarchy such as enterprise, business unit, division, department, team or individual.
These objectives and the associated targets form the basis for the organization’s ability to measure and monitor the progress of achieving the key strategic goals.
To cascade the objectives effectively across the enterprise operating units and provide a clear and focused emphasis for each type of role (or position), a framework for the distribution of the various levels of objectives must be established into all parts of the organization.

When this process is complete, every participant ends up with a scorecard, illustrated by a set of objectives, measures, and weights. This scorecard represents a roadmap set by the enterprise for each employee to follow and adhere to during a specific time period.
Employees who perform well and impact company results positively expect to be rewarded in a fair and equitable manner for their efforts. Equitable rewards foster job satisfaction and high morale. Motivated and happy employees are loyal and will remain committed to the long-term success of the enterprise.

The regular analysis of information that comes out of the performance management process is critical to making changes and improving performance. The key is providing executives and managers with a new perspective on performance—one that is real time, instead of after the fact.
Now it’s possible to know instantly when a key performance indicator exceeds, varies, or fails to meet established levels, and managers can reduce the time required to identify a problem, notify appropriate personnel, and take necessary action to achieve desired performance.
This real time access to performance information is critical to making necessary adjustments in strategy and allows executive decision-makers the ability to quickly adapt to changing market conditions. This ability then becomes a highly sustainable competitive advantage.

A well-executed EPM process provides the enterprise with a competitive advantage – nimbleness and agility to leave competitors behind. Most companies already have the technological structure needed to support an EPM initiative, such as ERP software solutions, financial and analytical tools, online analytical processing (OLAP) models, data warehouses, and data transformation tools. Investments in EPM solutions have typically yielded positive returns within a 6 to 12 month timeframe.

* Balanced scorecard: Translating strategy into action, by Robert S. Kaplan and David P. Norton. Harvard business school press, 1996.

See also “The integrated performance management system” below.

Career development is mostly described as a process of career planning or leadership pipeline planning, which can take up lots of wasted time before one ever experience any advancement. It can be a long process. However, the shortest route for career advancement is embedded in the implementation of an integrated performance management system in one’s own work environment.

This is the sort of system which can drive businesses into the top 300 or top 500 best companies on a country or worldwide basis. Performance management the right way, is explained in the video tutorial displayed below, with the title “Performance Management the right way – when the integrated performance management system becomes a self-propelled performance process”. It is intended to be a Blueprint for The Corporate World like its Chief Executives, Senior Managers and Middle Managers. The video tutorial on “performance management the right way”, gives answers to questions like how to rescue a business, how to turn a business around, how to reach top listings, how to improve results,  how to survive a recession, how to evaluate PM software packages and how to make the strategic plan alive for all employees, how to turn a Government department around, how to turn a Government from near bankruptcy to surpluses.

See this introductory review:

Jim Donovan wrote a best seller titled “This is your life, not a dress rehearsal”, in which it is set out how to live your dreams. The best action one can take to influence one’s own career and destiny is revealed in the video below. If you are serious about your career, please take a look at this video:

Performance Management the right way videos:

Performance management videos


* How to rescue a business?
* How to turn a business around?
* How to reach top listings?
* How to improve results?
* How to survive a recession?
* How to evaluate PM software packages?
* How to make the strategic plan alive for all employees?
* How to turn a Government department around?
* How to turn a Government from near bankruptcy to surpluses?

What else is included?

A transcript in PDF as a full-fledged training manual, so one can print out all the forms, diagrams and explanations for easy reference, scrutiny and use.

Performance Management the right way training manual:

Performance management training manual

Broad subjects covered:

Productivity principles and how to measure it
How employees can cripple productivity and profits with excessive undetected costs
Professional job descriptions
Short interval self-control cycles
Performance areas and Performance indicators
Critical, continuous and key objectives and indicators
Definition of performance appraisal
Purpose of performance appraisal
Sources of measurable criteria
Frequency of measurement
Scientific design of objectives and standards, including detailed examples
Three scoring methods
Management control reports
Target matrix
Consensus technique
Personality traits
The mature appraisal
Evaluation of development areas
Golden rules

Rest assured, this model is spot on with authoritative research by several worldwide institutions and Universities, but less lumpy, easier to understand and easier to implement with a more direct approach.

4. Performance Management Outline:

Nowadays, a great significance is being given to Performance Management, as companies incorporate it in their effective management strategies. However, a lot of people find this process a complicated one, mostly because of the many options that it offers – on the organization, a specific department/branch, a product or service, and on employees, among others.

In order to minimize this confusion, the items below will give you a general idea of what Performance Management is all about as well as the activities that are involved in this process.

What is Performance Management? 
Performance management is a process that provides both the manager and the employee (the person being supervised) the chance to determine the shared goals that relates to the overall goals of the company by looking into employee performance.

Why is it important? 
Performance Management establishes an outline for employees and their performance managers to assess and to come to an agreement on certain concerns and aims that are in accordance with the overall structure of the company. This enables both parties to have clear objectives that would help them in their work and in their professional growth.

Who conducts Performance Management? 
Performance Management is carried out by those who oversee the performance of other people – work/team leaders, supervisors, managers, directors, or department chairs.

What are the processes involved?
Below are the phases of the Performance Management process:

4.1 Planning 
This phase of the Performance Management process includes establishing job descriptions and identifying the employee’s essential functions as well as defining the strategic plan/s of the department or the company as a whole.

Job Description 
A job description is used to advertise a vacant position, which typically specifies the following:

– The specific functions, tasks, and responsibilities of the position
– The amount of time needed to act upon each function
– The qualifications needed (skills, knowledge and abilities) to perform the job
– The physical and mental requirements of the position
– Salary range for the position
– To whom the position reports

Job descriptions should be disclosed to the employee as soon as he or she is hired. Note, however, that job descriptions are listed using words that make it difficult to measure the employee’s performance. They are in contrast with competencies, which list the skills needed in performing such tasks and are described using terms that can be measured.

Strategic Plan 
In effect, a strategic plan tells you three things:

– Where the company is heading in the coming year/s.
– How the company is going to get there.
– How the company will know if it is already there or not.

Included in a strategic plan are the following:

– Mission statement – the primary reason why your department (or company) exists.
– Goals – associated with the mission statement, they determine the results that will advance said statement/s.
– Strategic initiatives – specifies definite steps that must be taken to accomplish each goal. It is a dynamic process, usually examined during periods such as one or two years.

4.2 Developing 
This phase of the Performance Management process includes developing performance standards, which offers a scale that describes how a specific job should be performed in order to meet (or exceed) expectations. They are explained to newly hired employees and are later used to evaluate work performance.

Performance standards are generally outlined with the help of the employees who actually perform the tasks or functions. There are a number of advantages with this approach:

– The standards will be suitable to the requirements of the job
– The standards will be applicable to actual work conditions
– The standards will be easily understood by the employee (and performance manager as well)
– The standards will be acknowledged (and received) by the employee and the performance manager

Standards of performance are usually in the form of ratings (1 to 5, A to E) that are used by performance managers to rate the employee’s actual level of performance.

4.3 Monitoring 
This phase of the Performance Management process includes monitoring employee’s work performances and giving feedback about them.

As the basis of feedback, observations should be verifiable: they should involve noticeable and work-related facts, events, behaviours, actions, statements, and results. Feedback of this type is called behavioural feedback, and they help employees improve and/or sustain good performance by precisely identifying the areas that the employee needs to improve without judging his or her character or motives.

4.4 Rating 
This phase includes conducting performance evaluations. This is the critical aspect of the Performance Management process, especially because it is important for performance managers to arrive at an unbiased assessment.

A performance appraisal form has the following features:
– Employee information
– Performance standards
– Rating scale
– Signatures
– Employee performance development recommendations
– Employee comments
– Employee’s Self-appraisal

Why conduct performance appraisals? It provides an opportunity to improve performance in the future not only for employees, but for managers as well. Performance appraisals enable managers to acquire information from employees that will help them make employee’s jobs more productive.

4.5 Development Planning
This phase of the Performance Management process includes establishing plans for improved employee performance and development goals. This advances the overall goal of the company and at the same time increases the quality of work by employees by:

– Encouraging constant learning and professional growth.
– Helping employees maintain the level of performance that meets (and exceeds) expectations.
– Improving job – or career-related skills and experience.

In closing, Performance Management is a process that, when executed fairly and effectively, can improve the quality of the company’s workforce, raise standards, increase job satisfaction, and develop professionalism and expertise that would benefit not only the employees but the entire organization as well.

5. Many organisations have a misguided perception of performance management:


They only think that they have a performance management system in place. We are talking here about a system where an organisation attempts to do a performance evaluation once or twice per annum.

The typical procedure is that the employee does a self-evaluation, which is then compared to the evaluation of the Supervisor. They then both agree on a comfortable midway and the end result is usually an above average score for most employees.

In the meantime all performance facts are ignored, because they were not recorded on a weekly or monthly scorecard and forgotten and ignored during the once-off subjective evaluations.

The truth of the matter is that there is complete lack of short interval control, lack of performance and lack of developmental growth.

The end result is that everybody is happy, non-the-wiser and receives the same merit increase.

The organisation then even publish in the annual report that they have a sophisticated performance management system in place, thereby bluffing and lulling themselves and the Board Members into a false sense of complacency.

Ignorance can make the whole party happy, without signs of real performance ever being reached or observed.

With some organisations performance management can be an occasional event and with others it can be a way of life, interwoven in daily work activities.

If performance management is not formally incorporated in the normal meeting infrastructure of an organisation, it is stillborn and will never have a significant impact on organisation improvement or on human behaviour or human performance.

On the subject of effective meetings, research findings indicate that when a performance control meeting also becomes a problem-solving event, it undermines the goal with the performance control meeting. Problem-solving efforts should rather be conducted through special meetings or project teams.

The culture of performance must be a living thing in an organisation. It must be seen, felt and on the minds of every employee every working day. It is no good to have everything in writing, filed and buried somewhere in a cabinet file nobody lives by.

The great challenge for organisations is to progress from occasional backward looking performance appraisals based on historic performance, to regular forward looking performance management based on continuous corrective actions at a differentiating shorter control and planning time scale for each hierarchical level (planning, controlling and reporting according to the Sergeant Stripes Principle).

The strategic plan becomes alive through continuous short interval corrective actions.

Key questions in establishing how healthy a performance management system is being applied:

– What are the negative highlights of the latest external audit report?
– What internal overtime hours were necessary for completion of the external audit report?
– Is there a strategic planning process?
– Is there a strategic plan?
– How is the strategic plan used for operational procedures?
– How are strategically planned goals manifested in job descriptions?
– How are achievements of strategic goals monitored throughout all hierarchical levels?
– Are individual job performance regularly monitored against job goals?
– How are deviations from job performance standards being corrected on a daily and weekly basis?
– Are continuous key, continuous critical and specific performance areas and associated key, critical and specific performance indicators built into a balanced score card or performance matrix for each job?
– Is the performance appraisal form generalised and the same for all employees or groups? In other words, are the elements being measured coupled to specific, differentiated job task outcomes, which are being measured regularly? Remember, employees are doing different jobs with different tasks. How effective can a generalised form be?

6. Our integrated performance management system:

To become an expert in integrated performance management principles requires one to go through a lot of study material, seminars, courses, latest subject research findings, implementation trials and experience. While there are many consultants and organisations giving themselves out as experts in the field of performance management, they are very seldom able to convey the complete solution to the puzzle. We, on the other hand, have developed a unique, copyrighted, integrated performance management system.

Our integrated performance management system always aligns itself to the organisation strategic plan and the system encourages, impels and inspires employees to perform in those job activities they are supposed to excel in, according to their strategic derived job descriptions and special projects.

Performance of each job is also aligned to the hierarchical differentiation of management roles, functions and tasks.

We make use of a scientifically designed model for the analysis, design and implementation phases of the unique integrated performance management system.

This integrated performance management system also automatically brings forth job descriptions, with continuous key, continuous critical and specific performance areas and associated key, critical and specific performance indicators or key result indicators, for use in the balanced score card or performance matrix, for ease of performance measurement, performance evaluation and performance corrections, on a regular basis.

The integrated performance management system also encourages short interval self-control by each employee on each hierarchical level, to minimise the control function and control frequency, by each consecutive higher-level manager, so that supervision and control over subordinates become almost self-regulatory.

The integrated performance management system was designed to make organisation improvement a breeze. Any organisation can implement this integrated performance management system to improve clarity of vision, job purpose, employee motivation, employee morale, productivity and profitability.

It must be stressed that this integrated performance management system is not for the faint-hearted or organisations and people not interested in higher productivity or better performance.

Top management must be serious about improvement and maintain and uphold the system for a stress-free experience in automatic and continuous self-improvement by every employee.

The system provides automatic solutions for many problems inside organisations and for many frustrations facing employees, chief executives and business owners. It is an automation system, converting many organisational processes to autopilot.

The direct benefits of the integrated performance management system are: employee attitudes make a 360 degree turnaround, better co-operation between employees and between departments, job descriptions stay current, performance measurement becomes transparent, merit ratings and merit increases become transparent, profit bonuses become transparent, individual and organisation productivity increase, individual and organisation performance increase, the management functions become more automated and self-regulatory, organisation efficiency and effectiveness increase, shorter management meetings with less lost time and dramatic organisation profit growth.

The indirect benefits of the integrated performance management system are: less employee frustrations, less employee stress, less sleepless nights for all, less in-fighting, less arguing, less political jostling, less supervision, less worries, higher employee motivation, continuous growth in employee self-improvement and higher employee morale.

The “integrated” part of the description in “the integrated performance management system” means it integrates or merges the existing organisation infrastructures like the specific organisation strategic planning process, the job commitment declarations, the job descriptions, the performance measurement, the organisation planning, organising, controlling, reporting, directing, budgeting and management meeting processes, into one unified, coherent, streamlined, management system. The mystifying management puzzle then suddenly becomes crystal clear.

The integrated performance management system can be utilised by an individual on a personal level, a section, a department or the whole organisation. It is not a computer software program, although it can be computerised, but a “how to manage system”, with specific document layouts.

Benefits for subordinates:
1. They know exactly what goals to achieve and strive for.
2. They know first of deviations, which call for corrective actions.
3. They can take remedial action before they have to report on performance progress.
4. They know exactly, which performance factors will be measured for possible bonuses and merit increase evaluations.
5. They are better equipped with updated information to control their immediate job environments themselves.

Benefits for Supervisors and Managers:
1. They spend less time on supervision over subordinates.
2. They have more time for exploring the environment and for planning improvements.
3. They have more time for development of subordinates.
4. They have more time for improvement of section and departmental performance.
5. They are better equipped with the latest figures to report upwards on performance progress.

Benefits for the Chief Executive:
1. He is constantly updated with more reliable figures on overall performance progress.
2. He is in a better position to evaluate overall subsidiary or company performance progress.
3. He stays ready with updated information, which makes reporting to the Board of Directors faster and easier with less effort.
4. His vigilance over the maintenance of the system, ensures more time to all levels for better planning of performance improvements.
5. He and his team of Senior Managers stay better equipped for regular strategic planning sessions.

Benefits for the Organisation:
1. The remuneration and promotion practices become more transparent and justifiable.
2. Higher employee morale, dedication and motivation.
3. Higher organisation productivity and profits.
4. Higher competitiveness.

The coveted hidden secret ambitions of individuals to make money:
All working human beings have dreams ranging from attainable to wishful thinking, which they do not readily share with other human beings, not even with their closest friends or loved ones.

Some dream of starting an own business of which only a few ever succeed in doing it. Some dream of changing a career path, but only a handful ever manage to succeed with it.

Almost all human beings, who have not yet fallen into a money mint, have the common dream of making more money for various and different reasons. This common dream of riches is the reason why casinos, lotteries and all sorts of betting enterprises are enormously profitable. They thrive on the money-making dreams and ambitions of the not so wealthy part of the population in the world. Granted, some take part in these high risk activities only for the pleasure and stress relief they get from it. The underlying ambition to make money, however, still remains in the subconscious mind.

A search on Google reveals that 217 000 000 businesses are competing for the search phrase of “how to make money”, while worldwide searches by individuals for the same phrase are 1 500 000 per month, which is huge. For the search phrase “how to make money online” there are 205 000 000 competitors for 135 000 searches per month. For the shorter keyword phrase “make money” there are 6 120 000 searches per month.

Here are some other relevant searches with results: “How to build a career” – insignificant, “how to get a promotion” – insignificant, “job performance” – 74 000, “performance improvement” – 110 000 and “performance management” with 550 000 searches per month. If one assumes that the first three search phrases mentioned here are by individuals on a personal level as employees and the last two by individual managers from an employer perspective, then the deduction can be made that employees are more interested in making a fast buck or yearning for something else. In other words employees are not so much interested in carving a long-term career path for improvement of living standards, but rather want to look for ways to make money faster.

There can be many reasons for this general lack of interest in job performance by employees like:

  1. they do not see a future for themselves;
  2. it takes too long to get a promotion;
  3. there are too many other competitors;
  4. present remuneration is only holding them on a survival path from month to month;
  5. job enrichment opportunities are too low to develop skills faster and keep them interested;
  6. they do not know the secrets or hidden knowledge of how to make money as employees; and
  7. many other reasons.

Is this type of thinking “a job is a job is a job, but I am secretly pining for something better” not common in most individual employees?

A recent survey by Forbes showed that about 50% of employees are not satisfied with their work. “A lot of unhappy workers are staying put. But if employers want an upbeat, engaged workforce, they need to find ways to help employees feel challenged and rewarded by work. A couple of suggestions: offer more training and education. Also it pays to try to find a path up the ladder for current employees, and to help them know it’s available to them.” See it here.

In another survey South Africa ended up second last on productivity at 143 out of 144 countries, meaning South Africa is almost the worst in the world.

What is the reality in the world?

While making hordes of fast money may be quite difficult if not near impossible, it is quite possible to get regular salary increases through job promotions. This type of steady money-making on the job can become quite significant in the long run and is in the reach of anybody with a little job dedication and perseverance, combined with the right tools and knowledge. We named it “the essentials for perpetual job promotion – a blueprint for all career paths”, which in essence is the utilisation of our integrated performance management system. It can be used for personal benefit (apply it to your good self), for a section, for a department or the whole organisation.

The coveted hidden secret ambitions of individuals to make money, may after all not be so difficult. First make some steady money on the job, to be able to make more money faster with the help of the job-generated money. After all, the means to achieve this are right under our noses. We must just be able to see how it can be done and everything can be seen right here.

Here in the diagram below, you can see the schematic illustration of the major parts of the integrated performance management system:

Schematic illustration diagram

Strategic planning sessions and Bush conferences (“Bosberade”) usually bear little or no fruit, if it is not backed up by a solid performance management system to monitor and ensure that those strategic conclusions and decisions made, are achieved. Then those strategic decisions tend to dwindle away from memories over time, making the original good intentions, time spent and costs incurred a total waste of effort.

7. Productivity index:

It is important that every organisation, department, section and employee must have a positive productivity index. Productivity is measured by dividing output by input.

For instance, if you monetize the total output of an organisation in terms of value of all goods and services produced over a certain period and divide that figure by the total cost of production, the positive productivity index must be one or more. If it is equal to one, it means that the organisation is breaking even. If it is more than one, it means the organisation is making a profit, because the organisation is then getting back more than what it spends.

Output value divided by input value = productivity index.

Sometimes production machines, processes or technologies can be so efficient and effective that it can compensate for the inefficiency and ineffectiveness of human labour. However, each cost component must be evaluated on its own merit for continuous improvement.

In the same manner the impact of every jobholder must also be calculated to ensure a positive index for each individual employee. The productivity index per employee then becomes the monetary impact of individual efforts, divided by total cost to the organisation, to arrive at the per capita productivity index.

The big question everyone in an organisation must ask and answer is: “Am I giving more back to my organisation (in the form of monetary impact of efforts) than what I take out of the organisation as total monthly remuneration (total cost to company)?” This is the question, which can make many overcompensated employees very uneasy and worried about their positions and make them start to consider the benefits of a performance management system or try to avoid it at all costs.

If you as a person do not have a positive productivity index, it can then be said that you do not make a positive contribution to the organisation; in other words you are a loss for the organisation. To put it another way: The organisation is then making a loss on their investment in you.

Unfortunately the per capita productivity index for humans cannot be calculated. There is, however, one certain way of ensuring that you have a better productivity index and that is by installing and maintaining a performance management system.

Dwindling organisations are also being turned around to greater profitability by means of a performance management system.

More effective meetings: The results of a survey in the UK show that the average office worker spends around 16 hours in meetings each week and that around a quarter of this time is usually wasted. That’s four hours of pointless meetings every week.

Over a year, this works out to more than 200 hours – or almost nine full 24-hour days. Over a career, the total is even more alarming with the average worker sitting through around 9,000 hours of needless meetings – a full year and ten days spent twiddling their thumbs.

For workers in the public sector, the time spent in pointless meetings is even higher. Civil servants spend an epic 22 hours a week in meetings with one third of that time estimated to be surplus to requirements.

According to another survey, employees globally spend an average of 5.6 hours a week in meetings. 69 percent of participants feel that these meetings are unproductive and unnecessary. Not only is the mental cost of these meetings high, they also affect a company’s bottom line. These weekly 5.6 hours of unproductive time is like giving each employee 12 additional days of paid vacation per year. In fact, Group Vision estimates that Fortune 500 companies waste an estimated $75 million per year in meetings. The numbers clearly make the case that meetings are costly beyond their value.

Why do meetings have a bad reputation? Meetings dominate the way in which we do business today. In fact, approximately 11 million meetings occur in the U.S. each and every day. Although many of us complain about meetings, we can all expect to spend our careers deeply immersed in them. Most professionals attend a total of 61.8 meetings per month and research indicates that over 50 percent of this meeting time is wasted. Assuming each of these meetings is one hour long, professionals lose 31 hours per month in unproductive meetings, or approximately four work days. Considering these statistics, it’s no surprise that meetings have such a bad reputation.

Some organisations have many types of meetings like safety, hygiene, production, maintenance, quality control, budget, finance and others.

When we implement our integrated performance management system, only one type and set of meetings replaces all other meetings in the whole organisation, saving endless hours of unnecessary wasted time.

8. How the integrated performance management system can reduce the unemployment rate:

It is general knowledge that the systems model of a business describes how resources are used and utilised through a conversion process to produce outputs.

Likewise, in monetary terms a financial equation can be used to describe how profits are made. The total of sales less the total cost of input resources used equals total profit.

Sales – Cost = Profit

The total cost of resources usually consists of the following cost elements:

Cost of capital
Cost of human capital
Cost of material
Cost of services
Cost of taxes

As long as there are disposable profits, it can be used to finance capacity expansions and the forming of new enterprises, which in turn lead to more appointment of employees. So we see that anything, which can be detrimental to profits, whereby profits are reduced, can directly reduce eventual employment. For instance, if taxes go up, profit will be lower; as well as available cash on hand for expansions and new ventures.

On the other hand if taxes can be reduced, profit will climb higher; as well as cash on hand for expansions and new ventures leading to higher employment.

As the integrated performance management system is used to plan, monitor and improve all the cost elements in an organisation, it can directly help to improve the employment rate through higher profits.

9. The Balanced Scorecard:

Another name for balanced scorecard is performance matrix, which we use in our training. Both are exactly the same thing. In our leadership development training manual it is an important part of leadership essentials. However, in the total content of leadership development, it is only one of many other aspects, which are being covered.

The training you will get here stretches over 12 months in the first year and thereafter it is ongoing to other topics for which you do not pay anything again. The Leadership Development Training Manual comprises many aspects of which the balanced score card is just one of the essential topics. In our course we call it the performance matrix.  What is the difference between our system and the Balanced Score Card Methodology? It boils down to the same thing. Our Performance Matrix Methodology is, however more user friendly and more flexible. In addition, we cover a much wider field, which includes professionalism in management and leadership skills as well.

10. Performance management quotes:

1. “A strategy without a system leads nowhere”.
2. “A system without a strategy leads nowhere”.
3. “A system without goals leads nowhere”.
4. “Poor control is equal to hope for the best”.
5. “Absence of a performance management system is equal to gross negligence of duties”.
6. “Absence of performance management leads to non-performance”.
7. “Absence of performance management equals squandering of employer money”.
8. “Performance management uplifts work culture and work ethics”.
9. “Management skills and capabilities are reflected in subordinates’ performance levels”.
10. “Management efficiency is evidenced by employee attitudes and productivity levels”.
11. “Leadership effectiveness is reflected by subordinates’ reverie and respect for the boss”.
12. “If employees do not contribute more value than their cost to their employer, the organisation will turn stale, sick and bankrupt in terms of human effort”.
13. “If the human capital of an organisation or department do not contribute more value than their cost, then that organisation or department is not viable in terms of human effort”.
14. “Government departments are mainly about service delivery by humans to humans, so they must always weigh up the value of service delivery with the total cost of existence”.
15. “If a Government department cost is higher than the value of its service delivery, then it is equal to squandering tax payers money”.
16. “If a Government body is negligently under-performing, it must be liable for any consequential damages, losses or sufferings caused to inhabitants they serve”.
17. “The King recommendations and regulations regarding responsibilities of Company Directors should be expanded to include Government Departments and all types of bodies in between”.
18. “When a private company becomes inefficient, it closes down; when a government body or semi-government body becomes inefficient, it just slurps up more taxes”.

11. What is wrong with capitalism nowadays?

If Governments grow out of proportion by numbers, greed or corruption, they must increase taxes and decrease public benefits to pay for those bloated salaries, benefits and corruption. The middle class is normally the ones who suffer because of it. A proper performance management system the right way, will show up pockets of idleness where workforce deployments must be re-arranged or reduced, either by numbers or remuneration. Sometimes Governments must take stock of remuneration levels and do man loading exercises to establish required workforce levels. Performance management the right way, will automatically identify over employment in workforce levels. Are these perhaps some of the reasons that are crippling the “American Dream” and the dreams of citizens in many other countries? Should a Government not also be “lean” and “mean” like what is expected in the private sector? Has the tendency not become one of Governments trying to build themselves into mighty, expensive and unaffordable Kingdoms and thereby impoverishing middle classes and forcing Countries into bankruptcy?

12. Conclusion:

Individuals from some cultural backgrounds tend to shy away from controlling the work results of subordinates, which is required by performance management. People sometimes confuse the control of work results with control of persons, which of course is not the case. The reality is, however, that if a Supervisors’ underlings do not perform, that Supervisor’s performance will also be adversely affected. A Supervisor or Manager can only be as strong as the subordinates make him or her. This whole question of perform or not perform, boils down to making choices in life for a better or worse future for all. Is the performance management system of the organisation favouring evaluation of personality traits rather than task outcomes or both?

In light of the fact that there are more than 2000 different performance management systems in use worldwide, as mentioned previously in this article, it has become overdue to change the biased and degrading interpretations of performance management to a positive concept of “human talent growth mindset development”.

The necessity of a formal performance management system can become less important, when the majority of the workforce of an organisation becomes mature enough to replace the formal system with a personal self-driven informal monitoring system. In other words, it can be abandoned, when individuals have received ample internal/external training to apply all the elements of a performance management system automatically themselves on an individual basis, without being officially forced to do so. However, how many can lay claim to this type of knowledge and maturity?

13. View the first video of a series of 6 videos with the training manual transcript:

Watch this first complimentary video:

We provide hands on solutions for implementing the IPMS in practical ways on all organisation levels.

Pro members get this integrated performance management system videos and transcript, with all the missing details, when they join.

Your future is at stake

Posted by: | Posted on: September 20, 2017

The blind spot of supervisors and managers

Teamwork header

The blind spot of supervisors and managers

The blind spot of supervisors, managers, business owners and entrepreneurs.

They cannot see the important impact of effective team leadership skills on career outcomes right away.

Change your mind

The blind spot of supervisors and managers is that they cannot see the important impact of effective team leadership skills on career outcomes right away.

Why do young employees entering the employment market, not realise sooner, the important impact effective team leadership skills can have on their career outcomes?

I also like to dub it as “The case for good team leadership”.

My first stimulating question is this: Why are so many people ignoring the importance of being a good team leader?

The next one is: Why are so many people oblivious to the importance of being a good team leader?

Let’s rephrase the question: Why do young employees entering the employment market, not realise sooner, the important impact effective team leadership skills can have on their career outcomes?

It is after all a fact worldwide, that 98% of working adults are in a position of being a team leader, a member of a team or both. Being a good team member requires a different skills set as that of being a good team leader. Here we will concentrate on effective team leadership skills.

If so many of us humans are in positions of team leaders, what then seems to be the problem, that we only gradually over time, begin to realise the importance of effective team leadership skills on our careers. Is it a case of rather late than never?

If we take a look at how organisations arrange themselves along the lines of traditional organograms, it is clear as daylight, how we are team members or team leaders or both.


If we consider that part of the organisation structure within the circle, it becomes clear that team leaders consist of the highest ranking person indicated in an orange colour at the top, right down to the second last level, also in orange, at the bottom.

These positions on the organigram are traditionally also referred to as “positions of authority”. This name tag may also be culprit to retarding development of team leadership skills.

It seems that team leaders organically grow slowly through five leadership maturity levels before they finally reach the highest level of their potential. Environmental influences like company culture and lack of exposure to required skills can be blamed for the slow progress.

The five levels are bottom level, permission level, production level, people development level and the pinnacle level.
1. Bottom level – the position level – you are the boss. People give you the least amount of ability, energy and mind.
2. Permission level –the relationship level – you have connected with subordinates – if they like you. Listen well, observe people and learn.
3. Production level – productive level – becoming effective and attracting productive team members to help get momentum.
4. People development level – increase people capacity – best talent – discover what others are good at, recruit well, train well.
5. The pinnacle level of respect – they follow you out of respect for your leadership qualities. What level am I on with each?
It is a situation of growing from an authoritative leadership style with destructive motivation to a democratic leadership style with constructive motivation.

The question is however, what is deterring people from reaching out to obtain the required skills themselves, earlier on?

It is my contention that we develop a blind spot, so we cannot see the bright flickering light winking at us right in front of us under our noses. What make us blind to our own prosperity? Maybe a too busy life, personal problems, personal priorities, personal agendas, lack of time, being too young etcetera.


We do not consciously make time often enough to stop and think about our careers. So we take too long to reach leadership maturity.

One must have good human relationships with subordinates to influence them.

Why can we not get our team leaders faster to the highest level of effective team leadership?
1. It does not have to be a slow process.
2. We do not need to embrace the name tag of “position of authority”.
3. We do not have to consciously pursue a company culture of retarding or killing effective team leadership.

How can team leaders become effective faster?
1. Get rid of the name tag “position of authority”.
2. Get faster exposure to what constitutes effective leadership principles.
3. Get faster exposure to what personality traits or characteristics to develop for enhancing own personal effective team leadership skills.
4. Do continuous introspective self-evaluation for continuous improvements.
5. The above four conscious efforts will soon lead to faster career progress.

If the problem is our beliefs, habits, attitudes or self-image it can easily be rectified or changed positively through the methods of visualisation, imprinting and imagery. We were not borne with our beliefs, habits, attitudes and self-images, nor did we inherit it in our genes. We have cloaked ourselves in it through conditioning, filed beliefs or ghosts in our minds. That is why it can easily be changed.


It does not have to take a career lifetime to reach the highest effective team leadership level. Some never reach it – they die in ignorance. The earlier one starts, the quicker career growth and the higher a retirement package will become! How will your destiny unfold?

You have the power to rewrite your reality

Thoughts have the power to affect each one and the life that one lives. One’s thoughts are very vital tools in creating and shaping the reality that one experiences. Thoughts are responsible for the creation of one’s emotional state, affecting the body, health and one’s daily living in general, influencing one’s responses to relationships and to life and determine one’s choices.

The power of your thought can enable reality, and all realities. This reality however at times often will have one accept otherwise. Believing that your fate lies in other people’s hands and to the things beyond one’s control, then one looses that basic power granted to him, which is the very power or capability to create.

Loosing this power, one then makes it easier for other persons to change and manipulate one’s own world into that which others want it to be, instead of transforming it yourself into that of what you really want it to be. Bear in mind, you and only you have that right and that power to make your world.

Creating or rewriting one’s own reality will never imply as one being a success in the financial aspect of success. Being poor or rich is not the requirement of this state; however, maintaining a positive and healthy attitude is very much the prerequisite.

Remember that every successes stems or results from one’s own capability to attract the positive character of one’s divine Father. One must recognize that every incident that one lives through is intentionally created for one’s enlightenment.

Although one has been deceived in succession, one’s illusion constantly builds up like prison gates simply because one was unsuccessful to retrieve the life force of happiness. One must concentrate on certain things that guarantee a positive concept of success. The powerful reason for this is that inside a negative energy compartment, it sustains and encourages only negative energy.

Energy streams where it is recognized. A negative energy should stream to its source in order to be alive. So much like gasoline set on fire. Fire is attracted to gasoline until such time that fire consumes everything and dies out. It will not live without something assisting in its formation. Take note that fire will wipe out everything provided that there is still energy feeding it. The moment that fires sustenance is gone, then fire should, by law of nature, distinguish itself.

It is this exact law that exists in every person’s thoughts. The energy one produces will feed on the equivalent energy that is in existent in that certain thought. Negative thoughts feeds on negative energy, in the same manner that positive thoughts attract and feed on positive energy.

The more negative thought that one has, the more that he creates negative energy all around him. This negative energy in time will build up enormously around one’s life for so many miles literally.

That explains why some individuals have negative incidents attached to them. Certain facets go on haunting certain individuals for years to such point that these individuals feels that they are born unlucky or that they are cursed. When in fact, they have created this negative energy and have accumulated so much, feeding them off.

You have the power to rewrite this reality, this negative energy that you have nourished. Defeat it with pleasant, positive and inspiring thoughts, all the time, every time. Continuously doing so will distinguish the negative fire within.

Here are simple ways to rewrite your thoughts and your reality:

1. There is a need and a must to change your beliefs and attitude concerning your present reality. Shift your attention and focus in the direction that you believe can bring you more success and peace. Turn negative thoughts into positive ones; whenever a negative thought enters your mind, block it off instantly with a positive thought.
2. Create an image or think of the new and positive reality that you want to achieve and focus on it constantly; should there is a need for you to decide on a certain aspect in your life, refer to that image, to help you in your decision making.
3. Heal all your negative thoughts. Look inside you and determine what needs to be done and what you want to do. Keep on focusing to that reality that you want to achieve and never be afraid to take the steps towards it. Remember, fear is negative.

Wanting to succeed above every circumstance in your life, means using the power of your thoughts to make the reality that you want. Focus your attention to the thoughts and images that you want to project, that you want to achieve; this, combined with that passionate feeling deep inside you, your thoughts will be able to bring forth what you truly desire.

Here is a great truth of life most discover too late!
Effective team leadership skills can also have a huge positive influence on family life and parenthood. One also has to apply the same skills at home and chances are good that one will also have to develop children! It requires the application of the same team leadership skills! Is that not an encouraging thought about the truth!

The interpersonal relations inside team leadership principles can be very useful and bring great value to any organisation.

It can be applied not only to treatment of own employees, but also in other directions, as illustrated in the circular diagram below:

Diagram illustrating interpersonal relations usefulness

It can also be applied to:

1. Treatment of own employees.
2. Inter-departmental relations.
3. Customer service relations.
4. Sales force customer care.
5. Relations between team members.
6. Individual relations between colleagues.
7. Treatment of own family members.

Team leadership principles can bring so many benefits that one can just wonder how employers can ignore it! In fact, all employees should be trained in team leadership principles!

My final thoughts: One can reach leadership potential earlier. How will a career destiny unfold? Where will it end up?

Self-improvement in team leadership skills will dramatically increase the chances of vertical (existing employer) and horizontal (external employers) job promotion, as well as business owner success, in any economic cycle, as competitors with these skills are relatively few.

See in this video below what our members get:

Members also get the publication below:

Change your life to success by changing your mind ebook ecover

We help managers to become effective team leaders with warp speed. We provide them with self-training manuals to become professional team leaders.

Jack up your team leadership skills for the sake of faster job promotion and success as entrepreneur.

How ignorant and arrogant can we sometimes be?

Even the big book teaches us “do unto others as you want them to do unto you”.
How do you get another person or group to regard you as competent?
How do you get another person or group to regard you as being a warm person?
How do you get another person or group to trust you?
How do you get another person or group to become enthusiastic?
How do you get another person or group to become inventive?
How do you get another person or group to become more innovative?
How do you get others to have confidence in you?
How do you get others to regard you as reliable?
How do you get another person or group to really like you?
How do you get another person or group to follow you willingly?
How do you influence another person or group to get a desire to support and follow you blindly?
How do you become a person who can influence others?
How do you inspire others to almost willingly die for you?

I will take the high road and you can take the low road; and I will be in Scotland before you!

Scottish lad

Team leadership principles as a subject, is the most neglected knowledge gap in the competency arsenal of most occupations worldwide. Even big brother businesses are not aware of its importance.

All you have to do to make a difference in your life, is to buy membership here or the Team Leadership Training Manual here.

Click this image to see what is missing:

The missing knowledge link for most young employees and entrepreneurs image

Upgrade yourself footer image